diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'libraries')
37 files changed, 14453 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/MapleFreeRTOS.cpp b/libraries/FreeRTOS/MapleFreeRTOS.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d235ceb --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/MapleFreeRTOS.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/****************************************************************************** + * The MIT License + * + * Copyright (c) 2011 LeafLabs, LLC. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person + * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation + * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without + * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, + * modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies + * of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS + * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE + * SOFTWARE. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "MapleFreeRTOS.h" + +extern "C" { + +void vApplicationStackOverflowHook(xTaskHandle *pxTask, + signed char *pcTaskName) { + /* This function will get called if a task overflows its stack. + * If the parameters are corrupt then inspect pxCurrentTCB to find + * which was the offending task. */ + + (void) pxTask; + (void) pcTaskName; + + while (1) + ; +} + +} diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/MapleFreeRTOS.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/MapleFreeRTOS.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc06979 --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/MapleFreeRTOS.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +/****************************************************************************** + * The MIT License + * + * Copyright (c) 2011 LeafLabs, LLC. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person + * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation + * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without + * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, + * modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies + * of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS + * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE + * SOFTWARE. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __MAPLE_FREERTOS_H__ +#define __MAPLE_FREERTOS_H__ + +#include <wirish/wirish.h> + +extern "C" { +#define GCC_ARMCM3 +#include "utility/FreeRTOS.h" +#include "utility/task.h" +#include "utility/queue.h" +#include "utility/semphr.h" +} + +#endif diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/keywords.txt b/libraries/FreeRTOS/keywords.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4a20bae --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/keywords.txt @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +####################################### +# Syntax Coloring Map For CoOS +####################################### + +####################################### +# Datatypes (KEYWORD1) +####################################### + +####################################### +# Methods and Functions (KEYWORD2) +####################################### +vTaskDelay KEYWORD2 +vTaskDelayUntil KEYWORD2 +xTaskCreate KEYWORD2 +vTaskSuspend KEYWORD2 +vTaskDelete KEYWORD2 +vTaskPrioritySet KEYWORD2 +uxTaskPriorityGet KEYWORD2 +vTaskStartScheduler KEYWORD2 +vApplicationIdleHook KEYWORD2 + +####################################### +# Constants (LITERAL1) +####################################### +configUSE_IDLE_HOOK LITERAL1 +configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE LITERAL1 +tskIDLE_PRIORITY LITERAL1
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/rules.mk b/libraries/FreeRTOS/rules.mk new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2b415ba --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/rules.mk @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +# Standard things +sp := $(sp).x +dirstack_$(sp) := $(d) +d := $(dir) +BUILDDIRS += $(BUILD_PATH)/$(d) +BUILDDIRS += $(BUILD_PATH)/$(d)/utility + +# Local flags +CXXFLAGS_$(d) := $(WIRISH_INCLUDES) $(LIBMAPLE_INCLUDES) +CFLAGS_$(d) := $(WIRISH_INCLUDES) $(LIBMAPLE_INCLUDES) + +# Local rules and targets +cSRCS_$(d) := utility/croutine.c \ + utility/heap_2.c \ + utility/list.c \ + utility/port.c \ + utility/queue.c \ + utility/timers.c \ + utility/tasks.c \ + +cppSRCS_$(d) := MapleFreeRTOS.cpp + +cFILES_$(d) := $(cSRCS_$(d):%=$(d)/%) +cppFILES_$(d) := $(cppSRCS_$(d):%=$(d)/%) + +OBJS_$(d) := $(cFILES_$(d):%.c=$(BUILD_PATH)/%.o) \ + $(cppFILES_$(d):%.cpp=$(BUILD_PATH)/%.o) +DEPS_$(d) := $(OBJS_$(d):%.o=%.d) + +$(OBJS_$(d)): TGT_CXXFLAGS := $(CXXFLAGS_$(d)) +$(OBJS_$(d)): TGT_CFLAGS := $(CFLAGS_$(d)) + +TGT_BIN += $(OBJS_$(d)) + +# Standard things +-include $(DEPS_$(d)) +d := $(dirstack_$(sp)) +sp := $(basename $(sp))
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/FreeRTOS.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/FreeRTOS.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000..a609bb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/FreeRTOS.h @@ -0,0 +1,468 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + + FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: + Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development + tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. + See http://www.atollic.com + + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * + * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * + * available. * + * * + * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * + * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * + * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * + * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * + * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * + * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * + * * + * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * + * * + * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. + >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to + distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to + provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY + or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it + can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained + by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the + FreeRTOS WEB site. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and + contact details. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety + critical systems. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, + licensing and training services. +*/ + +#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H +#define INC_FREERTOS_H + + +/* + * Include the generic headers required for the FreeRTOS port being used. + */ +#include <stddef.h> + +/* Basic FreeRTOS definitions. */ +#include "projdefs.h" + +/* Application specific configuration options. */ +#include "FreeRTOSConfig.h" + +/* Definitions specific to the port being used. */ +#include "portable.h" + + +/* Defines the prototype to which the application task hook function must +conform. */ +typedef portBASE_TYPE (*pdTASK_HOOK_CODE)( void * ); + + + + + +/* + * Check all the required application specific macros have been defined. + * These macros are application specific and (as downloaded) are defined + * within FreeRTOSConfig.h. + */ + +#ifndef configUSE_PREEMPTION + #error Missing definition: configUSE_PREEMPTION should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_IDLE_HOOK + #error Missing definition: configUSE_IDLE_HOOK should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_TICK_HOOK + #error Missing definition: configUSE_TICK_HOOK should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_CO_ROUTINES + #error Missing definition: configUSE_CO_ROUTINES should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet + #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet + #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelete + #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelete should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources + #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend + #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil + #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelay + #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelay should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS + #error Missing definition: configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG + #define configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark + #define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES + #define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_MUTEXES + #define configUSE_MUTEXES 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_TIMERS + #define configUSE_TIMERS 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES + #define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API + #define configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API 0 +#endif + +#ifndef portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB + #define portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN + #define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN 16 +#endif + +#ifndef configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD + #define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 1 +#endif + +#if configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN < 1 + #error configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN must be set to a minimum of 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR + #define INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR 1 +#endif + +#ifndef configASSERT + #define configASSERT( x ) +#endif + +/* The timers module relies on xTaskGetSchedulerState(). */ +#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1 + + #ifndef configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY + #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY must also be defined. + #endif /* configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY */ + + #ifndef configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH + #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH must also be defined. + #endif /* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH */ + + #ifndef configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH + #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH must also be defined. + #endif /* configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH */ + +#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */ + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState + #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle + #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle 0 +#endif + + +#ifndef portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR + #define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0 +#endif + +#ifndef portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR + #define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedStatusValue ) ( void ) uxSavedStatusValue +#endif + + +#ifndef configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE + #define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 0U +#endif + +#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE < 1U ) + #define vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueue, pcName ) + #define vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueue ) +#endif + + +/* Remove any unused trace macros. */ +#ifndef traceSTART + /* Used to perform any necessary initialisation - for example, open a file + into which trace is to be written. */ + #define traceSTART() +#endif + +#ifndef traceEND + /* Use to close a trace, for example close a file into which trace has been + written. */ + #define traceEND() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN + /* Called after a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer + to the task control block of the selected task. */ + #define traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT + /* Called before a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer + to the task control block of the task being switched out. */ + #define traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT() +#endif + +#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE + /* Task is about to block because it cannot read from a + queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore + upon which the read was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the + task that attempted the read. */ + #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND + /* Task is about to block because it cannot write to a + queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore + upon which the write was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the + task that attempted the write. */ + #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW + #define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 0 +#endif + +/* The following event macros are embedded in the kernel API calls. */ + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE + #define traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED + #define traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED() +#endif + +#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX + #define traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED + #define traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED() +#endif + +#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE + #define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED + #define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE + #define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED + #define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE + #define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE() +#endif + +#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED + #define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED() +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND + #define traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED + #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE + #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK + #define traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED + #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR + #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED + #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR + #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED + #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_DELETE + #define traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE + #define traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED + #define traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_DELETE + #define traceTASK_DELETE( pxTaskToDelete ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL + #define traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY + #define traceTASK_DELAY() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET + #define traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTask, uxNewPriority ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_SUSPEND + #define traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTaskToSuspend ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME + #define traceTASK_RESUME( pxTaskToResume ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR + #define traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTaskToResume ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK + #define traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE + #define traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED + #define traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND + #define traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValueValue, xReturn ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTIMER_EXPIRED + #define traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED + #define traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValue ) +#endif + +#ifndef configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS + #define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 0 +#endif + +#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) + + #ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS + #error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS must also be defined. portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS should call a port layer function to setup a peripheral timer/counter that can then be used as the run time counter time base. + #endif /* portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS */ + + #ifndef portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE + #ifndef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE + #error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then either portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE or portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE must also be defined. See the examples provided and the FreeRTOS web site for more information. + #endif /* portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */ + #endif /* portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */ + +#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */ + +#ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS + #define portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK + #define configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK 0 +#endif + +#ifndef portPRIVILEGE_BIT + #define portPRIVILEGE_BIT ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0x00 ) +#endif + +#ifndef portYIELD_WITHIN_API + #define portYIELD_WITHIN_API portYIELD +#endif + +#ifndef pvPortMallocAligned + #define pvPortMallocAligned( x, puxStackBuffer ) ( ( ( puxStackBuffer ) == NULL ) ? ( pvPortMalloc( ( x ) ) ) : ( puxStackBuffer ) ) +#endif + +#ifndef vPortFreeAligned + #define vPortFreeAligned( pvBlockToFree ) vPortFree( pvBlockToFree ) +#endif + +#endif /* INC_FREERTOS_H */ + diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/FreeRTOSConfig.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/FreeRTOSConfig.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000..3f451a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/FreeRTOSConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * + * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * + * available. * + * * + * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * + * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * + * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * + * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * + * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * + * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * + * * + * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * + * * + * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. + >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to + distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to + provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY + or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it + can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained + by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the + FreeRTOS WEB site. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and + contact details. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety + critical systems. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, + licensing and training services. +*/ + +#ifndef FREERTOS_CONFIG_H +#define FREERTOS_CONFIG_H + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * Application specific definitions. + * + * These definitions should be adjusted for your particular hardware and + * application requirements. + * + * THESE PARAMETERS ARE DESCRIBED WITHIN THE 'CONFIGURATION' SECTION OF THE + * FreeRTOS API DOCUMENTATION AVAILABLE ON THE FreeRTOS.org WEB SITE. + * + * See http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html. + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define configUSE_PREEMPTION 1 +#define configUSE_IDLE_HOOK 0 +#define configUSE_TICK_HOOK 0 +#define configCPU_CLOCK_HZ ( ( unsigned long ) 72000000 ) +#define configTICK_RATE_HZ ( ( portTickType ) 1000 ) +#define configMAX_PRIORITIES ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 5 ) +#define configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE ( ( unsigned short ) 120 ) +#define configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( 8 * 1024 ) ) +#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ( 16 ) +#define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY 1 +#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS 0 +#define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 1 + +/* Co-routine definitions. */ +#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0 +#define configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ( 2 ) + +#define configUSE_MUTEXES 1 +#define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 1 +#define configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API 0 +#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 2 +#define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 1 +#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 0 +#define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 0 + +/* Set the following definitions to 1 to include the API function, or zero +to exclude the API function. */ + +#define INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet 1 +#define INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet 1 +#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelete 1 +#define INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources 0 +#define INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend 1 +#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil 1 +#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelay 1 + +/* This is the raw value as per the Cortex-M3 NVIC. Values can be 255 +(lowest) to 0 (1?) (highest). */ +#define configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 255 +#define configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 191 /* equivalent to 0xb0, or priority 11. */ + + +/* This is the value being used as per the ST library which permits 16 +priority values, 0 to 15. This must correspond to the +configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY setting. Here 15 corresponds to the lowest +NVIC value of 255. */ +#define configLIBRARY_KERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 15 + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * UART configuration. + *-----------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define configCOM0_RX_BUFFER_LENGTH 128 +#define configCOM0_TX_BUFFER_LENGTH 128 +#define configCOM1_RX_BUFFER_LENGTH 128 +#define configCOM1_TX_BUFFER_LENGTH 128 + +#endif /* FREERTOS_CONFIG_H */ + diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/StackMacros.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/StackMacros.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000..547a58c --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/StackMacros.h @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + + FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: + Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development + tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. + See http://www.atollic.com + + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * + * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * + * available. * + * * + * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * + * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * + * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * + * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * + * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * + * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * + * * + * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * + * * + * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. + >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to + distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to + provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY + or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it + can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained + by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the + FreeRTOS WEB site. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and + contact details. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety + critical systems. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, + licensing and training services. +*/ + +#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H +#define STACK_MACROS_H + +/* + * Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped + * out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the + * past. + * + * Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check + * the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to + * the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1 + * will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value + * to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been + * overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed + * stack will always be recognised. + */ + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 0 ) + + /* FreeRTOSConfig.h is not set to check for stack overflows. */ + #define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() + #define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() + +#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 0 */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) + + /* FreeRTOSConfig.h is only set to use the first method of + overflow checking. */ + #define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) ) + + /* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */ + #define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ + { \ + /* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \ + if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack ) \ + { \ + vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ + } \ + } + +#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) ) + + /* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */ + #define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ + { \ + \ + /* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \ + if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack ) \ + { \ + vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ + } \ + } + +#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) ) + + #define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ + { \ + static const unsigned char ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \ + \ + \ + /* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \ + if( memcmp( ( void * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \ + { \ + vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ + } \ + } + +#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) ) + + #define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ + { \ + char *pcEndOfStack = ( char * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \ + static const unsigned char ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \ + \ + \ + pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \ + \ + /* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \ + if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \ + { \ + vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ + } \ + } + +#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */ + diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/croutine.c b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/croutine.c new file mode 100755 index 0000000..fe56730 --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/croutine.c @@ -0,0 +1,380 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + + FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: + Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development + tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. + See http://www.atollic.com + + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * + * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * + * available. * + * * + * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * + * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * + * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * + * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * + * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * + * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * + * * + * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * + * * + * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. + >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to + distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to + provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY + or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it + can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained + by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the + FreeRTOS WEB site. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and + contact details. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety + critical systems. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, + licensing and training services. +*/ + +#include "FreeRTOS.h" +#include "task.h" +#include "croutine.h" + +/* + * Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather + * than file scope. + */ +#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER + #define static +#endif + + +/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/ +static xList pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready co-routines. */ +static xList xDelayedCoRoutineList1; /*< Delayed co-routines. */ +static xList xDelayedCoRoutineList2; /*< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */ +static xList * pxDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */ +static xList * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */ +static xList xPendingReadyCoRoutineList; /*< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event. They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */ + +/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/ +corCRCB * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL; +static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = 0; +static portTickType xCoRoutineTickCount = 0, xLastTickCount = 0, xPassedTicks = 0; + +/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */ +#define corINITIAL_STATE ( 0 ) + +/* + * Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue + * for the priority. It is inserted at the end of the list. + * + * This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be + * used from within an ISR. + */ +#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ) \ +{ \ + if( pxCRCB->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ) \ + { \ + uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = pxCRCB->uxPriority; \ + } \ + vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ pxCRCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \ +} + +/* + * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called + * automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine. + */ +static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void ); + +/* + * Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into + * the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion). Instead they are placed in + * in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready + * list by the co-routine scheduler. + */ +static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void ); + +/* + * Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to + * see if any require waking. + * + * Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time - + * meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired + * we need not look any further down the list. + */ +static void prvCheckDelayedList( void ); + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex ) +{ +signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; +corCRCB *pxCoRoutine; + + /* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */ + pxCoRoutine = ( corCRCB * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( corCRCB ) ); + if( pxCoRoutine ) + { + /* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to + be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */ + if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL ) + { + pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine; + prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists(); + } + + /* Check the priority is within limits. */ + if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ) + { + uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1; + } + + /* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */ + pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE; + pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority; + pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex; + pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode; + + /* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */ + vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) ); + vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) ); + + /* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the xListItem. + This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item + in a list. */ + listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine ); + listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine ); + + /* Event lists are always in priority order. */ + listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) uxPriority ); + + /* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready + list at the correct priority. */ + prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine ); + + xReturn = pdPASS; + } + else + { + xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY; + } + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( portTickType xTicksToDelay, xList *pxEventList ) +{ +portTickType xTimeToWake; + + /* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is + not a problem. */ + xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay; + + /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding + ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for + both lists. */ + vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) ); + + /* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */ + listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake ); + + if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount ) + { + /* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the + overflow list. */ + vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) ); + } + else + { + /* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the + current block list. */ + vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) ); + } + + if( pxEventList ) + { + /* Also add the co-routine to an event list. If this is done then the + function must be called with interrupts disabled. */ + vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) ); + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void ) +{ + /* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list? These + are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR. The ISR cannot access + the ready lists itself. */ + while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE ) + { + corCRCB *pxUnblockedCRCB; + + /* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */ + portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + { + pxUnblockedCRCB = ( corCRCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( (&xPendingReadyCoRoutineList) ); + vListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) ); + } + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + + vListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB ); + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvCheckDelayedList( void ) +{ +corCRCB *pxCRCB; + + xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount; + while( xPassedTicks ) + { + xCoRoutineTickCount++; + xPassedTicks--; + + /* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */ + if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 ) + { + xList * pxTemp; + + /* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists. If there are + any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */ + pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList; + pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList; + pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp; + } + + /* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */ + while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE ) + { + pxCRCB = ( corCRCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ); + + if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) ) + { + /* Timeout not yet expired. */ + break; + } + + portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + { + /* The event could have occurred just before this critical + section. If this is the case then the generic list item will + have been moved to the pending ready list and the following + line is still valid. Also the pvContainer parameter will have + been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */ + vListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + + /* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */ + if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer ) + { + vListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) ); + } + } + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + + prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ); + } + } + + xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vCoRoutineSchedule( void ) +{ + /* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */ + prvCheckPendingReadyList(); + + /* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */ + prvCheckDelayedList(); + + /* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */ + while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) ) + { + if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 ) + { + /* No more co-routines to check. */ + return; + } + --uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority; + } + + /* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines + of the same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */ + listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ); + + /* Call the co-routine. */ + ( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex ); + + return; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void ) +{ +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority; + + for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ ) + { + vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) ); + } + + vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 ); + vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 ); + vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ); + + /* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the + pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */ + pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1; + pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const xList *pxEventList ) +{ +corCRCB *pxUnblockedCRCB; +signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + + /* This function is called from within an interrupt. It can only access + event lists and the pending ready list. This function assumes that a + check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */ + pxUnblockedCRCB = ( corCRCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList ); + vListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) ); + vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) ); + + if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority ) + { + xReturn = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + xReturn = pdFALSE; + } + + return xReturn; +} + diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/croutine.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/croutine.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000..6801c41 --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/croutine.h @@ -0,0 +1,752 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + + FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: + Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development + tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. + See http://www.atollic.com + + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * + * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * + * available. * + * * + * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * + * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * + * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * + * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * + * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * + * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * + * * + * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * + * * + * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. + >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to + distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to + provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY + or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it + can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained + by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the + FreeRTOS WEB site. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and + contact details. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety + critical systems. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, + licensing and training services. +*/ + +#ifndef CO_ROUTINE_H +#define CO_ROUTINE_H + +#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H + #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include croutine.h" +#endif + +#include "list.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Used to hide the implementation of the co-routine control block. The +control block structure however has to be included in the header due to +the macro implementation of the co-routine functionality. */ +typedef void * xCoRoutineHandle; + +/* Defines the prototype to which co-routine functions must conform. */ +typedef void (*crCOROUTINE_CODE)( xCoRoutineHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE ); + +typedef struct corCoRoutineControlBlock +{ + crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineFunction; + xListItem xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in ready and blocked queues. */ + xListItem xEventListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in event lists. */ + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority; /*< The priority of the co-routine in relation to other co-routines. */ + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex; /*< Used to distinguish between co-routines when multiple co-routines use the same co-routine function. */ + unsigned short uxState; /*< Used internally by the co-routine implementation. */ +} corCRCB; /* Co-routine control block. Note must be identical in size down to uxPriority with tskTCB. */ + +/** + * croutine. h + *<pre> + portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineCreate( + crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex + );</pre> + * + * Create a new co-routine and add it to the list of co-routines that are + * ready to run. + * + * @param pxCoRoutineCode Pointer to the co-routine function. Co-routine + * functions require special syntax - see the co-routine section of the WEB + * documentation for more information. + * + * @param uxPriority The priority with respect to other co-routines at which + * the co-routine will run. + * + * @param uxIndex Used to distinguish between different co-routines that + * execute the same function. See the example below and the co-routine section + * of the WEB documentation for further information. + * + * @return pdPASS if the co-routine was successfully created and added to a ready + * list, otherwise an error code defined with ProjDefs.h. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + // Co-routine to be created. + void vFlashCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex ) + { + // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call. + // This may not be necessary for const variables. + static const char cLedToFlash[ 2 ] = { 5, 6 }; + static const portTickType uxFlashRates[ 2 ] = { 200, 400 }; + + // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART(); + crSTART( xHandle ); + + for( ;; ) + { + // This co-routine just delays for a fixed period, then toggles + // an LED. Two co-routines are created using this function, so + // the uxIndex parameter is used to tell the co-routine which + // LED to flash and how long to delay. This assumes xQueue has + // already been created. + vParTestToggleLED( cLedToFlash[ uxIndex ] ); + crDELAY( xHandle, uxFlashRates[ uxIndex ] ); + } + + // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND(); + crEND(); + } + + // Function that creates two co-routines. + void vOtherFunction( void ) + { + unsigned char ucParameterToPass; + xTaskHandle xHandle; + + // Create two co-routines at priority 0. The first is given index 0 + // so (from the code above) toggles LED 5 every 200 ticks. The second + // is given index 1 so toggles LED 6 every 400 ticks. + for( uxIndex = 0; uxIndex < 2; uxIndex++ ) + { + xCoRoutineCreate( vFlashCoRoutine, 0, uxIndex ); + } + } + </pre> + * \defgroup xCoRoutineCreate xCoRoutineCreate + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex ); + + +/** + * croutine. h + *<pre> + void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );</pre> + * + * Run a co-routine. + * + * vCoRoutineSchedule() executes the highest priority co-routine that is able + * to run. The co-routine will execute until it either blocks, yields or is + * preempted by a task. Co-routines execute cooperatively so one + * co-routine cannot be preempted by another, but can be preempted by a task. + * + * If an application comprises of both tasks and co-routines then + * vCoRoutineSchedule should be called from the idle task (in an idle task + * hook). + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + // This idle task hook will schedule a co-routine each time it is called. + // The rest of the idle task will execute between co-routine calls. + void vApplicationIdleHook( void ) + { + vCoRoutineSchedule(); + } + + // Alternatively, if you do not require any other part of the idle task to + // execute, the idle task hook can call vCoRoutineScheduler() within an + // infinite loop. + void vApplicationIdleHook( void ) + { + for( ;; ) + { + vCoRoutineSchedule(); + } + } + </pre> + * \defgroup vCoRoutineSchedule vCoRoutineSchedule + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +void vCoRoutineSchedule( void ); + +/** + * croutine. h + * <pre> + crSTART( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle );</pre> + * + * This macro MUST always be called at the start of a co-routine function. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + // Co-routine to be created. + void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex ) + { + // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call. + static long ulAVariable; + + // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART(); + crSTART( xHandle ); + + for( ;; ) + { + // Co-routine functionality goes here. + } + + // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND(); + crEND(); + }</pre> + * \defgroup crSTART crSTART + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crSTART( pxCRCB ) switch( ( ( corCRCB * )( pxCRCB ) )->uxState ) { case 0: + +/** + * croutine. h + * <pre> + crEND();</pre> + * + * This macro MUST always be called at the end of a co-routine function. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + // Co-routine to be created. + void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex ) + { + // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call. + static long ulAVariable; + + // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART(); + crSTART( xHandle ); + + for( ;; ) + { + // Co-routine functionality goes here. + } + + // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND(); + crEND(); + }</pre> + * \defgroup crSTART crSTART + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crEND() } + +/* + * These macros are intended for internal use by the co-routine implementation + * only. The macros should not be used directly by application writers. + */ +#define crSET_STATE0( xHandle ) ( ( corCRCB * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = (__LINE__ * 2); return; case (__LINE__ * 2): +#define crSET_STATE1( xHandle ) ( ( corCRCB * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = ((__LINE__ * 2)+1); return; case ((__LINE__ * 2)+1): + +/** + * croutine. h + *<pre> + crDELAY( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, portTickType xTicksToDelay );</pre> + * + * Delay a co-routine for a fixed period of time. + * + * crDELAY can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not + * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because + * co-routines do not maintain their own stack. + * + * @param xHandle The handle of the co-routine to delay. This is the xHandle + * parameter of the co-routine function. + * + * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should delay + * for. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined by + * configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant portTICK_RATE_MS + * can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + // Co-routine to be created. + void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex ) + { + // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call. + // This may not be necessary for const variables. + // We are to delay for 200ms. + static const xTickType xDelayTime = 200 / portTICK_RATE_MS; + + // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART(); + crSTART( xHandle ); + + for( ;; ) + { + // Delay for 200ms. + crDELAY( xHandle, xDelayTime ); + + // Do something here. + } + + // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND(); + crEND(); + }</pre> + * \defgroup crDELAY crDELAY + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crDELAY( xHandle, xTicksToDelay ) \ + if( ( xTicksToDelay ) > 0 ) \ + { \ + vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( ( xTicksToDelay ), NULL ); \ + } \ + crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); + +/** + * <pre> + crQUEUE_SEND( + xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, + xQueueHandle pxQueue, + void *pvItemToQueue, + portTickType xTicksToWait, + portBASE_TYPE *pxResult + )</pre> + * + * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine + * equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks. + * + * crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas + * xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks. + * + * crQUEUE_SEND can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not + * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because + * co-routines do not maintain their own stack. + * + * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on + * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and + * co-routines. + * + * @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle + * parameter of the co-routine function. + * + * @param pxQueue The handle of the queue on which the data will be posted. + * The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using + * the xQueueCreate() API function. + * + * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the data being posted onto the queue. + * The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is + * created. This number of bytes is copied from pvItemToQueue into the queue + * itself. + * + * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block + * to wait for space to become available on the queue, should space not be + * available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined + * by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant + * portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see example + * below). + * + * @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if + * data was successfully posted onto the queue, otherwise it will be set to an + * error defined within ProjDefs.h. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + // Co-routine function that blocks for a fixed period then posts a number onto + // a queue. + static void prvCoRoutineFlashTask( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex ) + { + // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call. + static portBASE_TYPE xNumberToPost = 0; + static portBASE_TYPE xResult; + + // Co-routines must begin with a call to crSTART(). + crSTART( xHandle ); + + for( ;; ) + { + // This assumes the queue has already been created. + crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &xNumberToPost, NO_DELAY, &xResult ); + + if( xResult != pdPASS ) + { + // The message was not posted! + } + + // Increment the number to be posted onto the queue. + xNumberToPost++; + + // Delay for 100 ticks. + crDELAY( xHandle, 100 ); + } + + // Co-routines must end with a call to crEND(). + crEND(); + }</pre> + * \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND crQUEUE_SEND + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \ +{ \ + *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue) , ( pvItemToQueue) , ( xTicksToWait ) ); \ + if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \ + { \ + crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \ + *pxResult = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), 0 ); \ + } \ + if( *pxResult == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \ + { \ + crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \ + *pxResult = pdPASS; \ + } \ +} + +/** + * croutine. h + * <pre> + crQUEUE_RECEIVE( + xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, + xQueueHandle pxQueue, + void *pvBuffer, + portTickType xTicksToWait, + portBASE_TYPE *pxResult + )</pre> + * + * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine + * equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks. + * + * crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas + * xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks. + * + * crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not + * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because + * co-routines do not maintain their own stack. + * + * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on + * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and + * co-routines. + * + * @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle + * parameter of the co-routine function. + * + * @param pxQueue The handle of the queue from which the data will be received. + * The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using + * the xQueueCreate() API function. + * + * @param pvBuffer The buffer into which the received item is to be copied. + * The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is + * created. This number of bytes is copied into pvBuffer. + * + * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block + * to wait for data to become available from the queue, should data not be + * available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined + * by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant + * portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see the + * crQUEUE_SEND example). + * + * @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if + * data was successfully retrieved from the queue, otherwise it will be set to + * an error code as defined within ProjDefs.h. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + // A co-routine receives the number of an LED to flash from a queue. It + // blocks on the queue until the number is received. + static void prvCoRoutineFlashWorkTask( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex ) + { + // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call. + static portBASE_TYPE xResult; + static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxLEDToFlash; + + // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART(). + crSTART( xHandle ); + + for( ;; ) + { + // Wait for data to become available on the queue. + crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult ); + + if( xResult == pdPASS ) + { + // We received the LED to flash - flash it! + vParTestToggleLED( uxLEDToFlash ); + } + } + + crEND(); + }</pre> + * \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE crQUEUE_RECEIVE + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, pxQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \ +{ \ + *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ) ); \ + if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \ + { \ + crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \ + *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), 0 ); \ + } \ + if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \ + { \ + crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \ + *( pxResult ) = pdPASS; \ + } \ +} + +/** + * croutine. h + * <pre> + crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( + xQueueHandle pxQueue, + void *pvItemToQueue, + portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken + )</pre> + * + * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the + * co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR() + * functions used by tasks. + * + * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to + * pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and + * xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and + * ISR. + * + * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to send data to a queue + * that is being used from within a co-routine. + * + * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on + * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and + * co-routines. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. + * + * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the + * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the + * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue + * into the queue storage area. + * + * @param xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken This is included so an ISR can post onto + * the same queue multiple times from a single interrupt. The first call + * should always pass in pdFALSE. Subsequent calls should pass in + * the value returned from the previous call. + * + * @return pdTRUE if a co-routine was woken by posting onto the queue. This is + * used by the ISR to determine if a context switch may be required following + * the ISR. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + // A co-routine that blocks on a queue waiting for characters to be received. + static void vReceivingCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex ) + { + char cRxedChar; + portBASE_TYPE xResult; + + // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART(). + crSTART( xHandle ); + + for( ;; ) + { + // Wait for data to become available on the queue. This assumes the + // queue xCommsRxQueue has already been created! + crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCommsRxQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult ); + + // Was a character received? + if( xResult == pdPASS ) + { + // Process the character here. + } + } + + // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND(). + crEND(); + } + + // An ISR that uses a queue to send characters received on a serial port to + // a co-routine. + void vUART_ISR( void ) + { + char cRxedChar; + portBASE_TYPE xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE; + + // We loop around reading characters until there are none left in the UART. + while( UART_RX_REG_NOT_EMPTY() ) + { + // Obtain the character from the UART. + cRxedChar = UART_RX_REG; + + // Post the character onto a queue. xCRWokenByPost will be pdFALSE + // the first time around the loop. If the post causes a co-routine + // to be woken (unblocked) then xCRWokenByPost will be set to pdTRUE. + // In this manner we can ensure that if more than one co-routine is + // blocked on the queue only one is woken by this ISR no matter how + // many characters are posted to the queue. + xCRWokenByPost = crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( xCommsRxQueue, &cRxedChar, xCRWokenByPost ); + } + }</pre> + * \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) xQueueCRSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) ) + + +/** + * croutine. h + * <pre> + crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( + xQueueHandle pxQueue, + void *pvBuffer, + portBASE_TYPE * pxCoRoutineWoken + )</pre> + * + * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the + * co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR() + * functions used by tasks. + * + * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to + * pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and + * xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and + * ISR. + * + * crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to receive data + * from a queue that is being used from within a co-routine (a co-routine + * posted to the queue). + * + * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on + * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and + * co-routines. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. + * + * @param pvBuffer A pointer to a buffer into which the received item will be + * placed. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the + * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from the queue into + * pvBuffer. + * + * @param pxCoRoutineWoken A co-routine may be blocked waiting for space to become + * available on the queue. If crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR causes such a + * co-routine to unblock *pxCoRoutineWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise + * *pxCoRoutineWoken will remain unchanged. + * + * @return pdTRUE an item was successfully received from the queue, otherwise + * pdFALSE. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + // A co-routine that posts a character to a queue then blocks for a fixed + // period. The character is incremented each time. + static void vSendingCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex ) + { + // cChar holds its value while this co-routine is blocked and must therefore + // be declared static. + static char cCharToTx = 'a'; + portBASE_TYPE xResult; + + // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART(). + crSTART( xHandle ); + + for( ;; ) + { + // Send the next character to the queue. + crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &cCharToTx, NO_DELAY, &xResult ); + + if( xResult == pdPASS ) + { + // The character was successfully posted to the queue. + } + else + { + // Could not post the character to the queue. + } + + // Enable the UART Tx interrupt to cause an interrupt in this + // hypothetical UART. The interrupt will obtain the character + // from the queue and send it. + ENABLE_RX_INTERRUPT(); + + // Increment to the next character then block for a fixed period. + // cCharToTx will maintain its value across the delay as it is + // declared static. + cCharToTx++; + if( cCharToTx > 'x' ) + { + cCharToTx = 'a'; + } + crDELAY( 100 ); + } + + // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND(). + crEND(); + } + + // An ISR that uses a queue to receive characters to send on a UART. + void vUART_ISR( void ) + { + char cCharToTx; + portBASE_TYPE xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE; + + while( UART_TX_REG_EMPTY() ) + { + // Are there any characters in the queue waiting to be sent? + // xCRWokenByPost will automatically be set to pdTRUE if a co-routine + // is woken by the post - ensuring that only a single co-routine is + // woken no matter how many times we go around this loop. + if( crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, &cCharToTx, &xCRWokenByPost ) ) + { + SEND_CHARACTER( cCharToTx ); + } + } + }</pre> + * \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvBuffer, pxCoRoutineWoken ) xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( pxCoRoutineWoken ) ) + +/* + * This function is intended for internal use by the co-routine macros only. + * The macro nature of the co-routine implementation requires that the + * prototype appears here. The function should not be used by application + * writers. + * + * Removes the current co-routine from its ready list and places it in the + * appropriate delayed list. + */ +void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( portTickType xTicksToDelay, xList *pxEventList ); + +/* + * This function is intended for internal use by the queue implementation only. + * The function should not be used by application writers. + * + * Removes the highest priority co-routine from the event list and places it in + * the pending ready list. + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const xList *pxEventList ); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* CO_ROUTINE_H */ diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/heap_2.c b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/heap_2.c new file mode 100755 index 0000000..d135d8f --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/heap_2.c @@ -0,0 +1,278 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * + * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * + * available. * + * * + * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * + * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * + * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * + * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * + * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * + * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * + * * + * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * + * * + * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. + >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to + distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to + provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY + or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it + can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained + by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the + FreeRTOS WEB site. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and + contact details. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety + critical systems. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, + licensing and training services. +*/ + +/* + * A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that permits + * allocated blocks to be freed, but does not combine adjacent free blocks + * into a single larger block. + * + * See heap_1.c and heap_3.c for alternative implementations, and the memory + * management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information. + */ +#include <stdlib.h> + +/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining +all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when +task.h is included from an application file. */ +#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE + +#include "FreeRTOS.h" +#include "task.h" + +#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE + +/* Allocate the memory for the heap. The struct is used to force byte +alignment without using any non-portable code. */ +static union xRTOS_HEAP +{ + #if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8 + volatile portDOUBLE dDummy; + #else + volatile unsigned long ulDummy; + #endif + unsigned char ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ]; +} xHeap; + +/* Define the linked list structure. This is used to link free blocks in order +of their size. */ +typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK +{ + struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock; /*<< The next free block in the list. */ + size_t xBlockSize; /*<< The size of the free block. */ +} xBlockLink; + + +static const unsigned short heapSTRUCT_SIZE = ( sizeof( xBlockLink ) + portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( sizeof( xBlockLink ) % portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ) ); +#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( heapSTRUCT_SIZE * 2 ) ) + +/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */ +static xBlockLink xStart, xEnd; + +/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about +fragmentation. */ +static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE; + +/* STATIC FUNCTIONS ARE DEFINED AS MACROS TO MINIMIZE THE FUNCTION CALL DEPTH. */ + +/* + * Insert a block into the list of free blocks - which is ordered by size of + * the block. Small blocks at the start of the list and large blocks at the end + * of the list. + */ +#define prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( pxBlockToInsert ) \ +{ \ +xBlockLink *pxIterator; \ +size_t xBlockSize; \ + \ + xBlockSize = pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize; \ + \ + /* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a larger size */ \ + /* than the block we are inserting. */ \ + for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize < xBlockSize; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock ) \ + { \ + /* There is nothing to do here - just iterate to the correct position. */ \ + } \ + \ + /* Update the list to include the block being inserted in the correct */ \ + /* position. */ \ + pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock; \ + pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert; \ +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define prvHeapInit() \ +{ \ +xBlockLink *pxFirstFreeBlock; \ + \ + /* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free */ \ + /* blocks. The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */ \ + xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) xHeap.ucHeap; \ + xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0; \ + \ + /* xEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks. */ \ + xEnd.xBlockSize = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE; \ + xEnd.pxNextFreeBlock = NULL; \ + \ + /* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the \ + entire heap space. */ \ + pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) xHeap.ucHeap; \ + pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE; \ + pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = &xEnd; \ +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize ) +{ +xBlockLink *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink; +static portBASE_TYPE xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdFALSE; +void *pvReturn = NULL; + + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + /* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require + initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */ + if( xHeapHasBeenInitialised == pdFALSE ) + { + prvHeapInit(); + xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdTRUE; + } + + /* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a xBlockLink + structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */ + if( xWantedSize > 0 ) + { + xWantedSize += heapSTRUCT_SIZE; + + /* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number of bytes. */ + if( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) + { + /* Byte alignment required. */ + xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ); + } + } + + if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize < configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ) ) + { + /* Blocks are stored in byte order - traverse the list from the start + (smallest) block until one of adequate size is found. */ + pxPreviousBlock = &xStart; + pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock; + while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) ) + { + pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock; + pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock; + } + + /* If we found the end marker then a block of adequate size was not found. */ + if( pxBlock != &xEnd ) + { + /* Return the memory space - jumping over the xBlockLink structure + at its start. */ + pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( unsigned char * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + heapSTRUCT_SIZE ); + + /* This block is being returned for use so must be taken our of the + list of free blocks. */ + pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock; + + /* If the block is larger than required it can be split into two. */ + if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE ) + { + /* This block is to be split into two. Create a new block + following the number of bytes requested. The void cast is + used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the compiler. */ + pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( unsigned char * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize ); + + /* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the single + block. */ + pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize; + pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize; + + /* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */ + prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( pxNewBlockLink ) ); + } + + xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize; + } + } + } + xTaskResumeAll(); + + #if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 ) + { + if( pvReturn == NULL ) + { + extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void ); + vApplicationMallocFailedHook(); + } + } + #endif + + return pvReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vPortFree( void *pv ) +{ +unsigned char *puc = ( unsigned char * ) pv; +xBlockLink *pxLink; + + if( pv ) + { + /* The memory being freed will have an xBlockLink structure immediately + before it. */ + puc -= heapSTRUCT_SIZE; + + /* This casting is to keep the compiler from issuing warnings. */ + pxLink = ( void * ) puc; + + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + /* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */ + prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( xBlockLink * ) pxLink ) ); + xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize; + } + xTaskResumeAll(); + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) +{ + return xFreeBytesRemaining; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) +{ + /* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */ +} diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/list.c b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/list.c new file mode 100755 index 0000000..872b7dd --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/list.c @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + + FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: + Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development + tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. + See http://www.atollic.com + + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * + * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * + * available. * + * * + * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * + * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * + * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * + * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * + * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * + * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * + * * + * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * + * * + * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. + >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to + distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to + provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY + or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it + can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained + by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the + FreeRTOS WEB site. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and + contact details. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety + critical systems. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, + licensing and training services. +*/ + + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include "FreeRTOS.h" +#include "list.h" + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vListInitialise( xList *pxList ) +{ + /* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the + end of the list. To initialise the list the list end is inserted + as the only list entry. */ + pxList->pxIndex = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); + + /* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to + ensure it remains at the end of the list. */ + pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY; + + /* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know + when the list is empty. */ + pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); + pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); + + pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vListInitialiseItem( xListItem *pxItem ) +{ + /* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */ + pxItem->pvContainer = NULL; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vListInsertEnd( xList *pxList, xListItem *pxNewListItem ) +{ +volatile xListItem * pxIndex; + + /* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list, + makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to + pvListGetOwnerOfNextEntry. This means it has to be the item pointed to by + the pxIndex member. */ + pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex; + + pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex->pxNext; + pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxList->pxIndex; + pxIndex->pxNext->pxPrevious = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem; + pxIndex->pxNext = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem; + pxList->pxIndex = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem; + + /* Remember which list the item is in. */ + pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList; + + ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vListInsert( xList *pxList, xListItem *pxNewListItem ) +{ +volatile xListItem *pxIterator; +portTickType xValueOfInsertion; + + /* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in ulListItem order. */ + xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue; + + /* If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then + the new list item should be placed after it. This ensures that TCB's which + are stored in ready lists (all of which have the same ulListItem value) + get an equal share of the CPU. However, if the xItemValue is the same as + the back marker the iteration loop below will not end. This means we need + to guard against this by checking the value first and modifying the + algorithm slightly if necessary. */ + if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY ) + { + pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious; + } + else + { + /* *** NOTE *********************************************************** + If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are: + 1) Stack overflow - + see http://www.freertos.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html + 2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M3 + parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual + interrupt priories, which can seem counter intuitive. See + configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html + 3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when + the scheduler is suspended. + 4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or + before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing + before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?). + See http://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html for more tips. + **********************************************************************/ + + for( pxIterator = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext ) + { + /* There is nothing to do here, we are just iterating to the + wanted insertion position. */ + } + } + + pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext; + pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem; + pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator; + pxIterator->pxNext = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem; + + /* Remember which list the item is in. This allows fast removal of the + item later. */ + pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList; + + ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vListRemove( xListItem *pxItemToRemove ) +{ +xList * pxList; + + pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious; + pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext; + + /* The list item knows which list it is in. Obtain the list from the list + item. */ + pxList = ( xList * ) pxItemToRemove->pvContainer; + + /* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */ + if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove ) + { + pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious; + } + + pxItemToRemove->pvContainer = NULL; + ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/list.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/list.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000..01e69cb --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/list.h @@ -0,0 +1,314 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + + FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: + Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development + tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. + See http://www.atollic.com + + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * + * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * + * available. * + * * + * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * + * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * + * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * + * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * + * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * + * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * + * * + * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * + * * + * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. + >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to + distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to + provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY + or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it + can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained + by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the + FreeRTOS WEB site. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and + contact details. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety + critical systems. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, + licensing and training services. +*/ + +/* + * This is the list implementation used by the scheduler. While it is tailored + * heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by + * application code. + * + * xLists can only store pointers to xListItems. Each xListItem contains a + * numeric value (xItemValue). Most of the time the lists are sorted in + * descending item value order. + * + * Lists are created already containing one list item. The value of this + * item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at + * the end of the list and acts as a marker. The list member pxHead always + * points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list. This + * is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of + * the list. + * + * In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next + * item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer) + * and a pointer to back to the object that contains it. These later two + * pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation. There is + * effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and + * the list item itself. + * + * + * \page ListIntroduction List Implementation + * \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro + */ + + +#ifndef LIST_H +#define LIST_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +/* + * Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain. + */ +struct xLIST_ITEM +{ + portTickType xItemValue; /*< The value being listed. In most cases this is used to sort the list in descending order. */ + volatile struct xLIST_ITEM * pxNext; /*< Pointer to the next xListItem in the list. */ + volatile struct xLIST_ITEM * pxPrevious;/*< Pointer to the previous xListItem in the list. */ + void * pvOwner; /*< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item. There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */ + void * pvContainer; /*< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */ +}; +typedef struct xLIST_ITEM xListItem; /* For some reason lint wants this as two separate definitions. */ + +struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM +{ + portTickType xItemValue; + volatile struct xLIST_ITEM *pxNext; + volatile struct xLIST_ITEM *pxPrevious; +}; +typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM xMiniListItem; + +/* + * Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler. + */ +typedef struct xLIST +{ + volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNumberOfItems; + volatile xListItem * pxIndex; /*< Used to walk through the list. Points to the last item returned by a call to pvListGetOwnerOfNextEntry (). */ + volatile xMiniListItem xListEnd; /*< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */ +} xList; + +/* + * Access macro to set the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item + * is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item. + * + * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner ) ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner ) + +/* + * Access macro to set the value of the list item. In most cases the value is + * used to sort the list in descending order. + * + * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue ) ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue ) + +/* + * Access macro the retrieve the value of the list item. The value can + * represent anything - for example a the priority of a task, or the time at + * which a task should be unblocked. + * + * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue ) + +/* + * Access macro the retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given + * list. + * + * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->xItemValue ) + +/* + * Access macro to determine if a list contains any items. The macro will + * only have the value true if the list is empty. + * + * \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + +/* + * Access macro to return the number of items in the list. + */ +#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems ) + +/* + * Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list. + * + * The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling + * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list + * and returns that entries pxOwner parameter. Using multiple calls to this + * function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in + * a list. + * + * The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns + * the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block. + * The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list + * item and its owner. + * + * @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned. + * + * \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList ) \ +{ \ +xList * const pxConstList = ( pxList ); \ + /* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */ \ + /* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list. */ \ + ( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \ + if( ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( xListItem * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) ) \ + { \ + ( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \ + } \ + ( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner; \ +} + + +/* + * Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list. Lists + * are normally sorted in ascending item value order. + * + * This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list. + * The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns + * the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block. + * The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list + * item and its owner. + * + * @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be + * returned. + * + * \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->pvOwner ) + +/* + * Check to see if a list item is within a list. The list item maintains a + * "container" pointer that points to the list it is in. All this macro does + * is check to see if the container and the list match. + * + * @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within. + * @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list. + * @return pdTRUE is the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE. + * pointer against + */ +#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvContainer == ( void * ) ( pxList ) ) + +/* + * Must be called before a list is used! This initialises all the members + * of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a + * marker to the back of the list. + * + * @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised. + * + * \page vListInitialise vListInitialise + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +void vListInitialise( xList *pxList ); + +/* + * Must be called before a list item is used. This sets the list container to + * null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list. + * + * @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised. + * + * \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +void vListInitialiseItem( xListItem *pxItem ); + +/* + * Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted into the list in + * a position determined by its item value (descending item value order). + * + * @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted. + * + * @param pxNewListItem The item to that is to be placed in the list. + * + * \page vListInsert vListInsert + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +void vListInsert( xList *pxList, xListItem *pxNewListItem ); + +/* + * Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position + * such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple + * calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY. + * + * The list member pvIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling + * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pvIndex to the next item in the list. + * Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item + * in the list position pointed to by pvIndex. This means that every other + * item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before + * the pvIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted. + * + * @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted. + * + * @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list. + * + * \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +void vListInsertEnd( xList *pxList, xListItem *pxNewListItem ); + +/* + * Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that + * it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function. + * + * @param vListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from + * the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter. + * + * \page vListRemove vListRemove + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +void vListRemove( xListItem *pxItemToRemove ); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif + diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/mpu_wrappers.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/mpu_wrappers.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000..a0c2723 --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/mpu_wrappers.h @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + + FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: + Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development + tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. + See http://www.atollic.com + + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * + * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * + * available. * + * * + * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * + * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * + * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * + * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * + * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * + * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * + * * + * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * + * * + * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. + >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to + distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to + provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY + or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it + can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained + by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the + FreeRTOS WEB site. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and + contact details. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety + critical systems. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, + licensing and training services. +*/ + +#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_H +#define MPU_WRAPPERS_H + +/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but +only for ports that are using the MPU. */ +#ifdef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS + + /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is + included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within + those files. */ + #ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE + + #define xTaskGenericCreate MPU_xTaskGenericCreate + #define vTaskAllocateMPURegions MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions + #define vTaskDelete MPU_vTaskDelete + #define vTaskDelayUntil MPU_vTaskDelayUntil + #define vTaskDelay MPU_vTaskDelay + #define uxTaskPriorityGet MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet + #define vTaskPrioritySet MPU_vTaskPrioritySet + #define vTaskSuspend MPU_vTaskSuspend + #define xTaskIsTaskSuspended MPU_xTaskIsTaskSuspended + #define vTaskResume MPU_vTaskResume + #define vTaskSuspendAll MPU_vTaskSuspendAll + #define xTaskResumeAll MPU_xTaskResumeAll + #define xTaskGetTickCount MPU_xTaskGetTickCount + #define uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks + #define vTaskList MPU_vTaskList + #define vTaskGetRunTimeStats MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats + #define vTaskStartTrace MPU_vTaskStartTrace + #define ulTaskEndTrace MPU_ulTaskEndTrace + #define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag + #define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag + #define xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook + #define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark + #define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle + #define xTaskGetSchedulerState MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState + + #define xQueueCreate MPU_xQueueCreate + #define xQueueCreateMutex MPU_xQueueCreateMutex + #define xQueueGiveMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive + #define xQueueTakeMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive + #define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore + #define xQueueGenericSend MPU_xQueueGenericSend + #define xQueueAltGenericSend MPU_xQueueAltGenericSend + #define xQueueAltGenericReceive MPU_xQueueAltGenericReceive + #define xQueueGenericReceive MPU_xQueueGenericReceive + #define uxQueueMessagesWaiting MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting + #define vQueueDelete MPU_vQueueDelete + + #define pvPortMalloc MPU_pvPortMalloc + #define vPortFree MPU_vPortFree + #define xPortGetFreeHeapSize MPU_xPortGetFreeHeapSize + #define vPortInitialiseBlocks MPU_vPortInitialiseBlocks + + #if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 + #define vQueueAddToRegistry MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry + #define vQueueUnregisterQueue MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue + #endif + + /* Remove the privileged function macro. */ + #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION + + #else /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */ + + /* Ensure API functions go in the privileged execution section. */ + #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION __attribute__((section("privileged_functions"))) + #define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data"))) + //#define PRIVILEGED_DATA + + #endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */ + +#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */ + + #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION + #define PRIVILEGED_DATA + #define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0 + +#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */ + + +#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_H */ + diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/port.c b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/port.c new file mode 100755 index 0000000..dc01720 --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/port.c @@ -0,0 +1,292 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * + * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * + * available. * + * * + * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * + * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * + * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * + * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * + * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * + * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * + * * + * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * + * * + * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. + >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to + distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to + provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY + or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it + can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained + by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the + FreeRTOS WEB site. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and + contact details. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety + critical systems. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, + licensing and training services. +*/ + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * Implementation of functions defined in portable.h for the ARM CM3 port. + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Scheduler includes. */ +#include "FreeRTOS.h" +#include "task.h" + +/* For backward compatibility, ensure configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY is +defined. The value should also ensure backward compatibility. +FreeRTOS.org versions prior to V4.4.0 did not include this definition. */ +#ifndef configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY + #define configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 255 +#endif + +/* Constants required to manipulate the NVIC. */ +#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL ( ( volatile unsigned long *) 0xe000e010 ) +#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD ( ( volatile unsigned long *) 0xe000e014 ) +#define portNVIC_INT_CTRL ( ( volatile unsigned long *) 0xe000ed04 ) +#define portNVIC_SYSPRI2 ( ( volatile unsigned long *) 0xe000ed20 ) +#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK 0x00000004 +#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT 0x00000002 +#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE 0x00000001 +#define portNVIC_PENDSVSET 0x10000000 +#define portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI ( ( ( unsigned long ) configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 16 ) +#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI ( ( ( unsigned long ) configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 24 ) + +/* Constants required to set up the initial stack. */ +#define portINITIAL_XPSR ( 0x01000000 ) + +/* The priority used by the kernel is assigned to a variable to make access +from inline assembler easier. */ +const unsigned long ulKernelPriority = configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY; + +/* Each task maintains its own interrupt status in the critical nesting +variable. */ +static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCriticalNesting = 0xaaaaaaaa; + +/* + * Setup the timer to generate the tick interrupts. + */ +static void prvSetupTimerInterrupt( void ); + +/* + * Exception handlers. + */ +void xPortPendSVHandler( void ) __attribute__ (( naked )); +void xPortSysTickHandler( void ); +void vPortSVCHandler( void ) __attribute__ (( naked )); + +/* + * Start first task is a separate function so it can be tested in isolation. + */ +void vPortStartFirstTask( void ) __attribute__ (( naked )); + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * See header file for description. + */ +portSTACK_TYPE *pxPortInitialiseStack( portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack, pdTASK_CODE pxCode, void *pvParameters ) +{ + /* Simulate the stack frame as it would be created by a context switch + interrupt. */ + pxTopOfStack--; /* Offset added to account for the way the MCU uses the stack on entry/exit of interrupts. */ + *pxTopOfStack = portINITIAL_XPSR; /* xPSR */ + pxTopOfStack--; + *pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) pxCode; /* PC */ + pxTopOfStack--; + *pxTopOfStack = 0; /* LR */ + pxTopOfStack -= 5; /* R12, R3, R2 and R1. */ + *pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) pvParameters; /* R0 */ + pxTopOfStack -= 8; /* R11, R10, R9, R8, R7, R6, R5 and R4. */ + + return pxTopOfStack; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +// !!! Maple +// void vPortSVCHandler( void ) +void __exc_svc( void ) +// !!! Maple +{ + __asm volatile ( + " ldr r3, pxCurrentTCBConst2 \n" /* Restore the context. */ + " ldr r1, [r3] \n" /* Use pxCurrentTCBConst to get the pxCurrentTCB address. */ + " ldr r0, [r1] \n" /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */ + " ldmia r0!, {r4-r11} \n" /* Pop the registers that are not automatically saved on exception entry and the critical nesting count. */ + " msr psp, r0 \n" /* Restore the task stack pointer. */ + " mov r0, #0 \n" + " msr basepri, r0 \n" + " orr r14, #0xd \n" + " bx r14 \n" + " \n" + " .align 2 \n" + "pxCurrentTCBConst2: .word pxCurrentTCB \n" + ); +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vPortStartFirstTask( void ) +{ + __asm volatile( + " ldr r0, =0xE000ED08 \n" /* Use the NVIC offset register to locate the stack. */ + " ldr r0, [r0] \n" + " ldr r0, [r0] \n" + " msr msp, r0 \n" /* Set the msp back to the start of the stack. */ + " cpsie i \n" /* Globally enable interrupts. */ + " svc 0 \n" /* System call to start first task. */ + " nop \n" + ); +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * See header file for description. + */ +portBASE_TYPE xPortStartScheduler( void ) +{ + /* Make PendSV, CallSV and SysTick the same priroity as the kernel. */ + *(portNVIC_SYSPRI2) |= portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI; + *(portNVIC_SYSPRI2) |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI; + +// !!! Maple + systick_attach_callback(&xPortSysTickHandler); +// /* Start the timer that generates the tick ISR. Interrupts are disabled +// here already. */ +// prvSetupTimerInterrupt(); +// !!! Maple + + /* Initialise the critical nesting count ready for the first task. */ + uxCriticalNesting = 0; + + /* Start the first task. */ + vPortStartFirstTask(); + + /* Should not get here! */ + return 0; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vPortEndScheduler( void ) +{ + /* It is unlikely that the CM3 port will require this function as there + is nothing to return to. */ +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vPortYieldFromISR( void ) +{ + /* Set a PendSV to request a context switch. */ + *(portNVIC_INT_CTRL) = portNVIC_PENDSVSET; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vPortEnterCritical( void ) +{ + portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + uxCriticalNesting++; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vPortExitCritical( void ) +{ + uxCriticalNesting--; + if( uxCriticalNesting == 0 ) + { + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +// !!! Maple +// void xPortPendSVHandler( void ) +void __exc_pendsv( void ) +// !!! Maple +{ + /* This is a naked function. */ + + __asm volatile + ( + " mrs r0, psp \n" + " \n" + " ldr r3, pxCurrentTCBConst \n" /* Get the location of the current TCB. */ + " ldr r2, [r3] \n" + " \n" + " stmdb r0!, {r4-r11} \n" /* Save the remaining registers. */ + " str r0, [r2] \n" /* Save the new top of stack into the first member of the TCB. */ + " \n" + " stmdb sp!, {r3, r14} \n" + " mov r0, %0 \n" + " msr basepri, r0 \n" + " bl vTaskSwitchContext \n" + " mov r0, #0 \n" + " msr basepri, r0 \n" + " ldmia sp!, {r3, r14} \n" + " \n" /* Restore the context, including the critical nesting count. */ + " ldr r1, [r3] \n" + " ldr r0, [r1] \n" /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */ + " ldmia r0!, {r4-r11} \n" /* Pop the registers. */ + " msr psp, r0 \n" + " bx r14 \n" + " \n" + " .align 2 \n" + "pxCurrentTCBConst: .word pxCurrentTCB \n" + ::"i"(configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY) + ); +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void xPortSysTickHandler( void ) +{ +unsigned long ulDummy; + + /* If using preemption, also force a context switch. */ + #if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 + *(portNVIC_INT_CTRL) = portNVIC_PENDSVSET; + #endif + + ulDummy = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(); + { + vTaskIncrementTick(); + } + portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( ulDummy ); +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * Setup the systick timer to generate the tick interrupts at the required + * frequency. + */ +void prvSetupTimerInterrupt( void ) +{ + /* Configure SysTick to interrupt at the requested rate. */ + *(portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD) = ( configCPU_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ ) - 1UL; + *(portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL) = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/portable.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/portable.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000..b48a675 --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/portable.h @@ -0,0 +1,396 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + + FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: + Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development + tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. + See http://www.atollic.com + + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * + * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * + * available. * + * * + * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * + * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * + * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * + * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * + * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * + * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * + * * + * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * + * * + * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. + >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to + distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to + provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY + or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it + can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained + by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the + FreeRTOS WEB site. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and + contact details. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety + critical systems. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, + licensing and training services. +*/ + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * Portable layer API. Each function must be defined for each port. + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifndef PORTABLE_H +#define PORTABLE_H + +/* Include the macro file relevant to the port being used. */ + +#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT + #include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\pc\portmacro.h" + typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )(); +#endif + +#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT + #include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\flsh186\portmacro.h" + typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )(); +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_MEGA_AVR + #include "../portable/GCC/ATMega323/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef IAR_MEGA_AVR + #include "../portable/IAR/ATMega323/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef MPLAB_PIC24_PORT + #include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC24_dsPIC\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef MPLAB_DSPIC_PORT + #include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC24_dsPIC\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef MPLAB_PIC18F_PORT + #include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC18F\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef MPLAB_PIC32MX_PORT + #include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC32MX\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef _FEDPICC + #include "libFreeRTOS/Include/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef SDCC_CYGNAL + #include "../../Source/portable/SDCC/Cygnal/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_ARM7 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC2000/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_ARM7_ECLIPSE + #include "portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef ROWLEY_LPC23xx + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC23xx/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef IAR_MSP430 + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\MSP430\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_MSP430 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MSP430F449/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef ROWLEY_MSP430 + #include "../../Source/portable/Rowley/MSP430F449/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef ARM7_LPC21xx_KEIL_RVDS + #include "..\..\Source\portable\RVDS\ARM7_LPC21xx\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef SAM7_GCC + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91SAM7S/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef SAM7_IAR + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM7S64\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef SAM9XE_IAR + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM9XE\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef LPC2000_IAR + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\LPC2000\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef STR71X_IAR + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR71x\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef STR75X_IAR + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR75x\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef STR75X_GCC + #include "..\..\Source\portable\GCC\STR75x\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef STR91X_IAR + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR91x\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_H8S + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/H8S2329/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_AT91FR40008 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91FR40008/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef RVDS_ARMCM3_LM3S102 + #include "../../Source/portable/RVDS/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3_LM3S102 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3 + #include "portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef IAR_ARM_CM3 + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef IAR_ARMCM3_LM + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef HCS12_CODE_WARRIOR + #include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/HCS12/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef MICROBLAZE_GCC + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MicroBlaze/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef TERN_EE + #include "..\..\Source\portable\Paradigm\Tern_EE\small\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_HCS12 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/HCS12/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_MCF5235 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MCF5235/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_GCC + #include "../../../Source/portable/GCC/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_CODEWARRIOR + #include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_PPC405 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC405_Xilinx/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_PPC440 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC440_Xilinx/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef _16FX_SOFTUNE + #include "..\..\Source\portable\Softune\MB96340\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef BCC_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT + /* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal + FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */ + #include "frconfig.h" + #include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\PC\prtmacro.h" + typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )(); +#endif + +#ifdef BCC_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT + /* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal + FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */ + #include "frconfig.h" + #include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\flsh186\prtmacro.h" + typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )(); +#endif + +#ifdef __GNUC__ + #ifdef __AVR32_AVR32A__ + #include "portmacro.h" + #endif +#endif + +#ifdef __ICCAVR32__ + #ifdef __CORE__ + #if __CORE__ == __AVR32A__ + #include "portmacro.h" + #endif + #endif +#endif + +#ifdef __91467D + #include "portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __96340 + #include "portmacro.h" +#endif + + +#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Fx3__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3_L__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx2__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Hx2__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3L__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h" +#endif + +/* Catch all to ensure portmacro.h is included in the build. Newer demos +have the path as part of the project options, rather than as relative from +the project location. If portENTER_CRITICAL() has not been defined then +portmacro.h has not yet been included - as every portmacro.h provides a +portENTER_CRITICAL() definition. Check the demo application for your demo +to find the path to the correct portmacro.h file. */ +#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL + #include "portmacro.h" +#endif + +#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8 + #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0007 ) +#endif + +#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4 + #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0003 ) +#endif + +#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2 + #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0001 ) +#endif + +#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1 + #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0000 ) +#endif + +#ifndef portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK + #error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition" +#endif + +#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS + #define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS 1 +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include "mpu_wrappers.h" + +/* + * Setup the stack of a new task so it is ready to be placed under the + * scheduler control. The registers have to be placed on the stack in + * the order that the port expects to find them. + * + */ +#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) + portSTACK_TYPE *pxPortInitialiseStack( portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack, pdTASK_CODE pxCode, void *pvParameters, portBASE_TYPE xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +#else + portSTACK_TYPE *pxPortInitialiseStack( portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack, pdTASK_CODE pxCode, void *pvParameters ); +#endif + +/* + * Map to the memory management routines required for the port. + */ +void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +void vPortFree( void *pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control. This generally + * sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency. + */ +portBASE_TYPE xPortStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Undo any hardware/ISR setup that was performed by xPortStartScheduler() so + * the hardware is left in its original condition after the scheduler stops + * executing. + */ +void vPortEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * The structures and methods of manipulating the MPU are contained within the + * port layer. + * + * Fills the xMPUSettings structure with the memory region information + * contained in xRegions. + */ +#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) + struct xMEMORY_REGION; + void vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( xMPU_SETTINGS *xMPUSettings, const struct xMEMORY_REGION * const xRegions, portSTACK_TYPE *pxBottomOfStack, unsigned short usStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* PORTABLE_H */ + diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/portmacro.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/portmacro.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000..7f2d1af --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/portmacro.h @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * + * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * + * available. * + * * + * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * + * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * + * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * + * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * + * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * + * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * + * * + * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * + * * + * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. + >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to + distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to + provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY + or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it + can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained + by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the + FreeRTOS WEB site. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and + contact details. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety + critical systems. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, + licensing and training services. +*/ + + +#ifndef PORTMACRO_H +#define PORTMACRO_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * Port specific definitions. + * + * The settings in this file configure FreeRTOS correctly for the + * given hardware and compiler. + * + * These settings should not be altered. + *----------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +/* Type definitions. */ +#define portCHAR char +#define portFLOAT float +#define portDOUBLE double +#define portLONG long +#define portSHORT short +#define portSTACK_TYPE unsigned portLONG +#define portBASE_TYPE long + +#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 ) + typedef unsigned portSHORT portTickType; + #define portMAX_DELAY ( portTickType ) 0xffff +#else + typedef unsigned portLONG portTickType; + #define portMAX_DELAY ( portTickType ) 0xffffffff +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Architecture specifics. */ +#define portSTACK_GROWTH ( -1 ) +#define portTICK_RATE_MS ( ( portTickType ) 1000 / configTICK_RATE_HZ ) +#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT 8 +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +/* Scheduler utilities. */ +extern void vPortYieldFromISR( void ); + +#define portYIELD() vPortYieldFromISR() + +#define portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( xSwitchRequired ) if( xSwitchRequired ) vPortYieldFromISR() +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +/* Critical section management. */ + +/* + * Set basepri to portMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY without effecting other + * registers. r0 is clobbered. + */ +#define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK() \ + __asm volatile \ + ( \ + " mov r0, %0 \n" \ + " msr basepri, r0 \n" \ + ::"i"(configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY):"r0" \ + ) + +/* + * Set basepri back to 0 without effective other registers. + * r0 is clobbered. + */ +#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK() \ + __asm volatile \ + ( \ + " mov r0, #0 \n" \ + " msr basepri, r0 \n" \ + :::"r0" \ + ) + +#define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0;portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK() +#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(x) portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK();(void)x + + +extern void vPortEnterCritical( void ); +extern void vPortExitCritical( void ); + +#define portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS() portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK() +#define portENABLE_INTERRUPTS() portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK() +#define portENTER_CRITICAL() vPortEnterCritical() +#define portEXIT_CRITICAL() vPortExitCritical() +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Task function macros as described on the FreeRTOS.org WEB site. */ +#define portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters ) +#define portTASK_FUNCTION( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters ) + +#define portNOP() + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* PORTMACRO_H */ + diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/projdefs.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/projdefs.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000..18366fa --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/projdefs.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + + FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: + Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development + tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. + See http://www.atollic.com + + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * + * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * + * available. * + * * + * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * + * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * + * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * + * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * + * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * + * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * + * * + * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * + * * + * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. + >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to + distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to + provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY + or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it + can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained + by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the + FreeRTOS WEB site. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and + contact details. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety + critical systems. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, + licensing and training services. +*/ + +#ifndef PROJDEFS_H +#define PROJDEFS_H + +/* Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform. */ +typedef void (*pdTASK_CODE)( void * ); + +#define pdTRUE ( 1 ) +#define pdFALSE ( 0 ) + +#define pdPASS ( 1 ) +#define pdFAIL ( 0 ) +#define errQUEUE_EMPTY ( 0 ) +#define errQUEUE_FULL ( 0 ) + +/* Error definitions. */ +#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY ( -1 ) +#define errNO_TASK_TO_RUN ( -2 ) +#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED ( -4 ) +#define errQUEUE_YIELD ( -5 ) + +#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */ + + + diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/queue.c b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/queue.c new file mode 100755 index 0000000..c7ed600 --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/queue.c @@ -0,0 +1,1539 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + + FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: + Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development + tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. + See http://www.atollic.com + + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * + * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * + * available. * + * * + * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * + * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * + * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * + * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * + * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * + * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * + * * + * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * + * * + * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. + >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to + distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to + provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY + or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it + can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained + by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the + FreeRTOS WEB site. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and + contact details. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety + critical systems. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, + licensing and training services. +*/ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining +all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when +task.h is included from an application file. */ +#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE + +#include "FreeRTOS.h" +#include "task.h" +#include "croutine.h" + +#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Constants used with the cRxLock and cTxLock structure members. */ +#define queueUNLOCKED ( ( signed portBASE_TYPE ) -1 ) +#define queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED ( ( signed portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + +#define queueERRONEOUS_UNBLOCK ( -1 ) + +/* For internal use only. */ +#define queueSEND_TO_BACK ( 0 ) +#define queueSEND_TO_FRONT ( 1 ) + +/* Effectively make a union out of the xQUEUE structure. */ +#define pxMutexHolder pcTail +#define uxQueueType pcHead +#define uxRecursiveCallCount pcReadFrom +#define queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX NULL + +/* Semaphores do not actually store or copy data, so have an items size of +zero. */ +#define queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ( 0 ) +#define queueDONT_BLOCK ( ( portTickType ) 0 ) +#define queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME ( ( portTickType ) 0 ) + +/* + * Definition of the queue used by the scheduler. + * Items are queued by copy, not reference. + */ +typedef struct QueueDefinition +{ + signed char *pcHead; /*< Points to the beginning of the queue storage area. */ + signed char *pcTail; /*< Points to the byte at the end of the queue storage area. Once more byte is allocated than necessary to store the queue items, this is used as a marker. */ + + signed char *pcWriteTo; /*< Points to the free next place in the storage area. */ + signed char *pcReadFrom; /*< Points to the last place that a queued item was read from. */ + + xList xTasksWaitingToSend; /*< List of tasks that are blocked waiting to post onto this queue. Stored in priority order. */ + xList xTasksWaitingToReceive; /*< List of tasks that are blocked waiting to read from this queue. Stored in priority order. */ + + volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxMessagesWaiting;/*< The number of items currently in the queue. */ + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxLength; /*< The length of the queue defined as the number of items it will hold, not the number of bytes. */ + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize; /*< The size of each items that the queue will hold. */ + + signed portBASE_TYPE xRxLock; /*< Stores the number of items received from the queue (removed from the queue) while the queue was locked. Set to queueUNLOCKED when the queue is not locked. */ + signed portBASE_TYPE xTxLock; /*< Stores the number of items transmitted to the queue (added to the queue) while the queue was locked. Set to queueUNLOCKED when the queue is not locked. */ + +} xQUEUE; +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * Inside this file xQueueHandle is a pointer to a xQUEUE structure. + * To keep the definition private the API header file defines it as a + * pointer to void. + */ +typedef xQUEUE * xQueueHandle; + +/* + * Prototypes for public functions are included here so we don't have to + * include the API header file (as it defines xQueueHandle differently). These + * functions are documented in the API header file. + */ +xQueueHandle xQueueCreate( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueLength, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSend( xQueueHandle xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +void vQueueDelete( xQueueHandle xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +xQueueHandle xQueueCreateMutex( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +xQueueHandle xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCountValue, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxInitialCount ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +portBASE_TYPE xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle xMutex, portTickType xBlockTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +portBASE_TYPE xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle xMutex ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xQueueHandle pxQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Co-routine queue functions differ from task queue functions. Co-routines are + * an optional component. + */ +#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 + signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +#endif + +/* + * The queue registry is just a means for kernel aware debuggers to locate + * queue structures. It has no other purpose so is an optional component. + */ +#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 + + /* The type stored within the queue registry array. This allows a name + to be assigned to each queue making kernel aware debugging a little + more user friendly. */ + typedef struct QUEUE_REGISTRY_ITEM + { + signed char *pcQueueName; + xQueueHandle xHandle; + } xQueueRegistryItem; + + /* The queue registry is simply an array of xQueueRegistryItem structures. + The pcQueueName member of a structure being NULL is indicative of the + array position being vacant. */ + xQueueRegistryItem xQueueRegistry[ configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE ]; + + /* Removes a queue from the registry by simply setting the pcQueueName + member to NULL. */ + static void vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueueHandle xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + void vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueueHandle xQueue, signed char *pcQueueName ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +#endif + +/* + * Unlocks a queue locked by a call to prvLockQueue. Locking a queue does not + * prevent an ISR from adding or removing items to the queue, but does prevent + * an ISR from removing tasks from the queue event lists. If an ISR finds a + * queue is locked it will instead increment the appropriate queue lock count + * to indicate that a task may require unblocking. When the queue in unlocked + * these lock counts are inspected, and the appropriate action taken. + */ +static void prvUnlockQueue( xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Uses a critical section to determine if there is any data in a queue. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the queue contains no items, otherwise pdFALSE. + */ +static signed portBASE_TYPE prvIsQueueEmpty( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Uses a critical section to determine if there is any space in a queue. + * + * @return pdTRUE if there is no space, otherwise pdFALSE; + */ +static signed portBASE_TYPE prvIsQueueFull( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Copies an item into the queue, either at the front of the queue or the + * back of the queue. + */ +static void prvCopyDataToQueue( xQUEUE *pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portBASE_TYPE xPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Copies an item out of a queue. + */ +static void prvCopyDataFromQueue( xQUEUE * const pxQueue, const void *pvBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * Macro to mark a queue as locked. Locking a queue prevents an ISR from + * accessing the queue event lists. + */ +#define prvLockQueue( pxQueue ) \ + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); \ + { \ + if( ( pxQueue )->xRxLock == queueUNLOCKED ) \ + { \ + ( pxQueue )->xRxLock = queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED; \ + } \ + if( ( pxQueue )->xTxLock == queueUNLOCKED ) \ + { \ + ( pxQueue )->xTxLock = queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED; \ + } \ + } \ + taskEXIT_CRITICAL() +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * PUBLIC QUEUE MANAGEMENT API documented in queue.h + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +xQueueHandle xQueueCreate( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueLength, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize ) +{ +xQUEUE *pxNewQueue; +size_t xQueueSizeInBytes; +xQueueHandle xReturn = NULL; + + /* Allocate the new queue structure. */ + if( uxQueueLength > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + pxNewQueue = ( xQUEUE * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xQUEUE ) ); + if( pxNewQueue != NULL ) + { + /* Create the list of pointers to queue items. The queue is one byte + longer than asked for to make wrap checking easier/faster. */ + xQueueSizeInBytes = ( size_t ) ( uxQueueLength * uxItemSize ) + ( size_t ) 1; + + pxNewQueue->pcHead = ( signed char * ) pvPortMalloc( xQueueSizeInBytes ); + if( pxNewQueue->pcHead != NULL ) + { + /* Initialise the queue members as described above where the + queue type is defined. */ + pxNewQueue->pcTail = pxNewQueue->pcHead + ( uxQueueLength * uxItemSize ); + pxNewQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; + pxNewQueue->pcWriteTo = pxNewQueue->pcHead; + pxNewQueue->pcReadFrom = pxNewQueue->pcHead + ( ( uxQueueLength - ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U ) * uxItemSize ); + pxNewQueue->uxLength = uxQueueLength; + pxNewQueue->uxItemSize = uxItemSize; + pxNewQueue->xRxLock = queueUNLOCKED; + pxNewQueue->xTxLock = queueUNLOCKED; + + /* Likewise ensure the event queues start with the correct state. */ + vListInitialise( &( pxNewQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ); + vListInitialise( &( pxNewQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ); + + traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue ); + xReturn = pxNewQueue; + } + else + { + traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED(); + vPortFree( pxNewQueue ); + } + } + } + + configASSERT( xReturn ); + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + + xQueueHandle xQueueCreateMutex( void ) + { + xQUEUE *pxNewQueue; + + /* Allocate the new queue structure. */ + pxNewQueue = ( xQUEUE * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xQUEUE ) ); + if( pxNewQueue != NULL ) + { + /* Information required for priority inheritance. */ + pxNewQueue->pxMutexHolder = NULL; + pxNewQueue->uxQueueType = queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX; + + /* Queues used as a mutex no data is actually copied into or out + of the queue. */ + pxNewQueue->pcWriteTo = NULL; + pxNewQueue->pcReadFrom = NULL; + + /* Each mutex has a length of 1 (like a binary semaphore) and + an item size of 0 as nothing is actually copied into or out + of the mutex. */ + pxNewQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; + pxNewQueue->uxLength = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U; + pxNewQueue->uxItemSize = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; + pxNewQueue->xRxLock = queueUNLOCKED; + pxNewQueue->xTxLock = queueUNLOCKED; + + /* Ensure the event queues start with the correct state. */ + vListInitialise( &( pxNewQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ); + vListInitialise( &( pxNewQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ); + + /* Start with the semaphore in the expected state. */ + xQueueGenericSend( pxNewQueue, NULL, ( portTickType ) 0U, queueSEND_TO_BACK ); + + traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue ); + } + else + { + traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED(); + } + + configASSERT( pxNewQueue ); + return pxNewQueue; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 + + portBASE_TYPE xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle pxMutex ) + { + portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + + configASSERT( pxMutex ); + + /* If this is the task that holds the mutex then pxMutexHolder will not + change outside of this task. If this task does not hold the mutex then + pxMutexHolder can never coincidentally equal the tasks handle, and as + this is the only condition we are interested in it does not matter if + pxMutexHolder is accessed simultaneously by another task. Therefore no + mutual exclusion is required to test the pxMutexHolder variable. */ + if( pxMutex->pxMutexHolder == xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() ) + { + traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex ); + + /* uxRecursiveCallCount cannot be zero if pxMutexHolder is equal to + the task handle, therefore no underflow check is required. Also, + uxRecursiveCallCount is only modified by the mutex holder, and as + there can only be one, no mutual exclusion is required to modify the + uxRecursiveCallCount member. */ + ( pxMutex->uxRecursiveCallCount )--; + + /* Have we unwound the call count? */ + if( pxMutex->uxRecursiveCallCount == 0 ) + { + /* Return the mutex. This will automatically unblock any other + task that might be waiting to access the mutex. */ + xQueueGenericSend( pxMutex, NULL, queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK ); + } + + xReturn = pdPASS; + } + else + { + /* We cannot give the mutex because we are not the holder. */ + xReturn = pdFAIL; + + traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex ); + } + + return xReturn; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 + + portBASE_TYPE xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle pxMutex, portTickType xBlockTime ) + { + portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + + configASSERT( pxMutex ); + + /* Comments regarding mutual exclusion as per those within + xQueueGiveMutexRecursive(). */ + + traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex ); + + if( pxMutex->pxMutexHolder == xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() ) + { + ( pxMutex->uxRecursiveCallCount )++; + xReturn = pdPASS; + } + else + { + xReturn = xQueueGenericReceive( pxMutex, NULL, xBlockTime, pdFALSE ); + + /* pdPASS will only be returned if we successfully obtained the mutex, + we may have blocked to reach here. */ + if( xReturn == pdPASS ) + { + ( pxMutex->uxRecursiveCallCount )++; + } + else + { + traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex ); + } + } + + return xReturn; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 + + xQueueHandle xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCountValue, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxInitialCount ) + { + xQueueHandle pxHandle; + + pxHandle = xQueueCreate( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) uxCountValue, queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ); + + if( pxHandle != NULL ) + { + pxHandle->uxMessagesWaiting = uxInitialCount; + + traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE(); + } + else + { + traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED(); + } + + configASSERT( pxHandle ); + return pxHandle; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) +{ +signed portBASE_TYPE xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE; +xTimeOutType xTimeOut; + + configASSERT( pxQueue ); + configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) ); + + /* This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to allow return + statements within the function itself. This is done in the interest + of execution time efficiency. */ + for( ;; ) + { + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + /* Is there room on the queue now? To be running we must be + the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */ + if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) + { + traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue ); + prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition ); + + /* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the + queue then unblock it now. */ + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdTRUE ) + { + /* The unblocked task has a priority higher than + our own so yield immediately. Yes it is ok to do + this from within the critical section - the kernel + takes care of that. */ + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + /* Return to the original privilege level before exiting the + function. */ + return pdPASS; + } + else + { + if( xTicksToWait == ( portTickType ) 0 ) + { + /* The queue was full and no block time is specified (or + the block time has expired) so leave now. */ + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + /* Return to the original privilege level before exiting + the function. */ + traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue ); + return errQUEUE_FULL; + } + else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE ) + { + /* The queue was full and a block time was specified so + configure the timeout structure. */ + vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut ); + xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE; + } + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + /* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue + now the critical section has been exited. */ + + vTaskSuspendAll(); + prvLockQueue( pxQueue ); + + /* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */ + if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) ) + { + traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue ); + vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ), xTicksToWait ); + + /* Unlocking the queue means queue events can effect the + event list. It is possible that interrupts occurring now + remove this task from the event list again - but as the + scheduler is suspended the task will go onto the pending + ready last instead of the actual ready list. */ + prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue ); + + /* Resuming the scheduler will move tasks from the pending + ready list into the ready list - so it is feasible that this + task is already in a ready list before it yields - in which + case the yield will not cause a context switch unless there + is also a higher priority task in the pending ready list. */ + if( !xTaskResumeAll() ) + { + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + else + { + /* Try again. */ + prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue ); + ( void ) xTaskResumeAll(); + } + } + else + { + /* The timeout has expired. */ + prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue ); + ( void ) xTaskResumeAll(); + + /* Return to the original privilege level before exiting the + function. */ + traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue ); + return errQUEUE_FULL; + } + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API == 1 + + signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) + { + signed portBASE_TYPE xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE; + xTimeOutType xTimeOut; + + configASSERT( pxQueue ); + configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) ); + + for( ;; ) + { + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + /* Is there room on the queue now? To be running we must be + the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */ + if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) + { + traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue ); + prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition ); + + /* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the + queue then unblock it now. */ + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdTRUE ) + { + /* The unblocked task has a priority higher than + our own so yield immediately. */ + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + return pdPASS; + } + else + { + if( xTicksToWait == ( portTickType ) 0 ) + { + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + return errQUEUE_FULL; + } + else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE ) + { + vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut ); + xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE; + } + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) ) + { + traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue ); + vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ), xTicksToWait ); + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + else + { + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue ); + return errQUEUE_FULL; + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + } + } + +#endif /* configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API == 1 + + signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking ) + { + signed portBASE_TYPE xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE; + xTimeOutType xTimeOut; + signed char *pcOriginalReadPosition; + + configASSERT( pxQueue ); + configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) ); + + for( ;; ) + { + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + /* Remember our read position in case we are just peeking. */ + pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->pcReadFrom; + + prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer ); + + if( xJustPeeking == pdFALSE ) + { + traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue ); + + /* We are actually removing data. */ + --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting ); + + #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + { + if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX ) + { + /* Record the information required to implement + priority inheritance should it become necessary. */ + pxQueue->pxMutexHolder = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle(); + } + } + #endif + + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdTRUE ) + { + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + } + else + { + traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue ); + + /* We are not removing the data, so reset our read + pointer. */ + pxQueue->pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition; + + /* The data is being left in the queue, so see if there are + any other tasks waiting for the data. */ + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + /* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get added to + the pending ready list as the scheduler is still suspended. */ + if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + /* The task waiting has a higher priority than this task. */ + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + + } + + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + return pdPASS; + } + else + { + if( xTicksToWait == ( portTickType ) 0 ) + { + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue ); + return errQUEUE_EMPTY; + } + else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE ) + { + vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut ); + xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE; + } + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) ) + { + traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue ); + + #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + { + if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX ) + { + portENTER_CRITICAL(); + vTaskPriorityInherit( ( void * ) pxQueue->pxMutexHolder ); + portEXIT_CRITICAL(); + } + } + #endif + + vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait ); + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + else + { + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue ); + return errQUEUE_EMPTY; + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + } + } + + +#endif /* configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) +{ +signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxSavedInterruptStatus; + + configASSERT( pxQueue ); + configASSERT( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); + configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) ); + + /* Similar to xQueueGenericSend, except we don't block if there is no room + in the queue. Also we don't directly wake a task that was blocked on a + queue read, instead we return a flag to say whether a context switch is + required or not (i.e. has a task with a higher priority than us been woken + by this post). */ + uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(); + { + if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) + { + traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue ); + + prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition ); + + /* If the queue is locked we do not alter the event list. This will + be done when the queue is unlocked later. */ + if( pxQueue->xTxLock == queueUNLOCKED ) + { + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + /* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a + context switch is required. */ + *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue + knows that data was posted while it was locked. */ + ++( pxQueue->xTxLock ); + } + + xReturn = pdPASS; + } + else + { + traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue ); + xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL; + } + } + portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus ); + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking ) +{ +signed portBASE_TYPE xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE; +xTimeOutType xTimeOut; +signed char *pcOriginalReadPosition; + + configASSERT( pxQueue ); + configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) ); + + /* This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to allow return + statements within the function itself. This is done in the interest + of execution time efficiency. */ + + for( ;; ) + { + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + /* Is there data in the queue now? To be running we must be + the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */ + if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + /* Remember our read position in case we are just peeking. */ + pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->pcReadFrom; + + prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer ); + + if( xJustPeeking == pdFALSE ) + { + traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue ); + + /* We are actually removing data. */ + --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting ); + + #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + { + if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX ) + { + /* Record the information required to implement + priority inheritance should it become necessary. */ + pxQueue->pxMutexHolder = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle(); + } + } + #endif + + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdTRUE ) + { + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + } + else + { + traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue ); + + /* We are not removing the data, so reset our read + pointer. */ + pxQueue->pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition; + + /* The data is being left in the queue, so see if there are + any other tasks waiting for the data. */ + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + /* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get added to + the pending ready list as the scheduler is still suspended. */ + if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + /* The task waiting has a higher priority than this task. */ + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + + } + + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + return pdPASS; + } + else + { + if( xTicksToWait == ( portTickType ) 0 ) + { + /* The queue was empty and no block time is specified (or + the block time has expired) so leave now. */ + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue ); + return errQUEUE_EMPTY; + } + else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE ) + { + /* The queue was empty and a block time was specified so + configure the timeout structure. */ + vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut ); + xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE; + } + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + /* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue + now the critical section has been exited. */ + + vTaskSuspendAll(); + prvLockQueue( pxQueue ); + + /* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */ + if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) ) + { + traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue ); + + #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + { + if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX ) + { + portENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + vTaskPriorityInherit( ( void * ) pxQueue->pxMutexHolder ); + } + portEXIT_CRITICAL(); + } + } + #endif + + vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait ); + prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue ); + if( !xTaskResumeAll() ) + { + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + else + { + /* Try again. */ + prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue ); + ( void ) xTaskResumeAll(); + } + } + else + { + prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue ); + ( void ) xTaskResumeAll(); + traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue ); + return errQUEUE_EMPTY; + } + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken ) +{ +signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxSavedInterruptStatus; + + configASSERT( pxQueue ); + configASSERT( pxTaskWoken ); + configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) ); + + uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(); + { + /* We cannot block from an ISR, so check there is data available. */ + if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue ); + + prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer ); + --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting ); + + /* If the queue is locked we will not modify the event list. Instead + we update the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue will know + that an ISR has removed data while the queue was locked. */ + if( pxQueue->xRxLock == queueUNLOCKED ) + { + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + /* The task waiting has a higher priority than us so + force a context switch. */ + *pxTaskWoken = pdTRUE; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue + knows that data was removed while it was locked. */ + ++( pxQueue->xRxLock ); + } + + xReturn = pdPASS; + } + else + { + xReturn = pdFAIL; + traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue ); + } + } + portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus ); + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) +{ +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxReturn; + + configASSERT( pxQueue ); + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + uxReturn = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting; + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return uxReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) +{ +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxReturn; + + configASSERT( pxQueue ); + + uxReturn = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting; + + return uxReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vQueueDelete( xQueueHandle pxQueue ) +{ + configASSERT( pxQueue ); + + traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue ); + vQueueUnregisterQueue( pxQueue ); + vPortFree( pxQueue->pcHead ); + vPortFree( pxQueue ); +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvCopyDataToQueue( xQUEUE *pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portBASE_TYPE xPosition ) +{ + if( pxQueue->uxItemSize == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + { + if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX ) + { + /* The mutex is no longer being held. */ + vTaskPriorityDisinherit( ( void * ) pxQueue->pxMutexHolder ); + pxQueue->pxMutexHolder = NULL; + } + } + #endif + } + else if( xPosition == queueSEND_TO_BACK ) + { + memcpy( ( void * ) pxQueue->pcWriteTo, pvItemToQueue, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); + pxQueue->pcWriteTo += pxQueue->uxItemSize; + if( pxQueue->pcWriteTo >= pxQueue->pcTail ) + { + pxQueue->pcWriteTo = pxQueue->pcHead; + } + } + else + { + memcpy( ( void * ) pxQueue->pcReadFrom, pvItemToQueue, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); + pxQueue->pcReadFrom -= pxQueue->uxItemSize; + if( pxQueue->pcReadFrom < pxQueue->pcHead ) + { + pxQueue->pcReadFrom = ( pxQueue->pcTail - pxQueue->uxItemSize ); + } + } + + ++( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting ); +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvCopyDataFromQueue( xQUEUE * const pxQueue, const void *pvBuffer ) +{ + if( pxQueue->uxQueueType != queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX ) + { + pxQueue->pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize; + if( pxQueue->pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->pcTail ) + { + pxQueue->pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead; + } + memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvUnlockQueue( xQueueHandle pxQueue ) +{ + /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED. */ + + /* The lock counts contains the number of extra data items placed or + removed from the queue while the queue was locked. When a queue is + locked items can be added or removed, but the event lists cannot be + updated. */ + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + /* See if data was added to the queue while it was locked. */ + while( pxQueue->xTxLock > queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED ) + { + /* Data was posted while the queue was locked. Are any tasks + blocked waiting for data to become available? */ + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + /* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get added to + the pending ready list as the scheduler is still suspended. */ + if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + /* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a + context switch is required. */ + vTaskMissedYield(); + } + + --( pxQueue->xTxLock ); + } + else + { + break; + } + } + + pxQueue->xTxLock = queueUNLOCKED; + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + /* Do the same for the Rx lock. */ + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + while( pxQueue->xRxLock > queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED ) + { + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + vTaskMissedYield(); + } + + --( pxQueue->xRxLock ); + } + else + { + break; + } + } + + pxQueue->xRxLock = queueUNLOCKED; + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static signed portBASE_TYPE prvIsQueueEmpty( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) +{ +signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + xReturn = ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ); + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) +{ +signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + + configASSERT( pxQueue ); + xReturn = ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ); + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static signed portBASE_TYPE prvIsQueueFull( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) +{ +signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + xReturn = ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == pxQueue->uxLength ); + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) +{ +signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + + configASSERT( pxQueue ); + xReturn = ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == pxQueue->uxLength ); + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait ) +{ +signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + + /* If the queue is already full we may have to block. A critical section + is required to prevent an interrupt removing something from the queue + between the check to see if the queue is full and blocking on the queue. */ + portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + { + if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) ) + { + /* The queue is full - do we want to block or just leave without + posting? */ + if( xTicksToWait > ( portTickType ) 0 ) + { + /* As this is called from a coroutine we cannot block directly, but + return indicating that we need to block. */ + vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ); + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + return errQUEUE_BLOCKED; + } + else + { + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + return errQUEUE_FULL; + } + } + } + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + + portNOP(); + + portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + { + if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) + { + /* There is room in the queue, copy the data into the queue. */ + prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK ); + xReturn = pdPASS; + + /* Were any co-routines waiting for data to become available? */ + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + /* In this instance the co-routine could be placed directly + into the ready list as we are within a critical section. + Instead the same pending ready list mechanism is used as if + the event were caused from within an interrupt. */ + if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + /* The co-routine waiting has a higher priority so record + that a yield might be appropriate. */ + xReturn = errQUEUE_YIELD; + } + } + } + else + { + xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL; + } + } + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + + return xReturn; +} +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait ) +{ +signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + + /* If the queue is already empty we may have to block. A critical section + is required to prevent an interrupt adding something to the queue + between the check to see if the queue is empty and blocking on the queue. */ + portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + { + if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + /* There are no messages in the queue, do we want to block or just + leave with nothing? */ + if( xTicksToWait > ( portTickType ) 0 ) + { + /* As this is a co-routine we cannot block directly, but return + indicating that we need to block. */ + vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ); + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + return errQUEUE_BLOCKED; + } + else + { + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + return errQUEUE_FULL; + } + } + } + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + + portNOP(); + + portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + { + if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + /* Data is available from the queue. */ + pxQueue->pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize; + if( pxQueue->pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->pcTail ) + { + pxQueue->pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead; + } + --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting ); + memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); + + xReturn = pdPASS; + + /* Were any co-routines waiting for space to become available? */ + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + /* In this instance the co-routine could be placed directly + into the ready list as we are within a critical section. + Instead the same pending ready list mechanism is used as if + the event were caused from within an interrupt. */ + if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + xReturn = errQUEUE_YIELD; + } + } + } + else + { + xReturn = pdFAIL; + } + } + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + + return xReturn; +} +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + + + +#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) +{ + /* Cannot block within an ISR so if there is no space on the queue then + exit without doing anything. */ + if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) + { + prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK ); + + /* We only want to wake one co-routine per ISR, so check that a + co-routine has not already been woken. */ + if( !xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) + { + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + return pdTRUE; + } + } + } + } + + return xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken; +} +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxCoRoutineWoken ) +{ +signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + + /* We cannot block from an ISR, so check there is data available. If + not then just leave without doing anything. */ + if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + /* Copy the data from the queue. */ + pxQueue->pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize; + if( pxQueue->pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->pcTail ) + { + pxQueue->pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead; + } + --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting ); + memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); + + if( !( *pxCoRoutineWoken ) ) + { + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + *pxCoRoutineWoken = pdTRUE; + } + } + } + + xReturn = pdPASS; + } + else + { + xReturn = pdFAIL; + } + + return xReturn; +} +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 + + void vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueueHandle xQueue, signed char *pcQueueName ) + { + unsigned portBASE_TYPE ux; + + /* See if there is an empty space in the registry. A NULL name denotes + a free slot. */ + for( ux = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; ux < configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ ) + { + if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName == NULL ) + { + /* Store the information on this queue. */ + xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName = pcQueueName; + xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle = xQueue; + break; + } + } + } + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 + + static void vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueueHandle xQueue ) + { + unsigned portBASE_TYPE ux; + + /* See if the handle of the queue being unregistered in actually in the + registry. */ + for( ux = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; ux < configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ ) + { + if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle == xQueue ) + { + /* Set the name to NULL to show that this slot if free again. */ + xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName = NULL; + break; + } + } + + } + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1 + + void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xQueueHandle pxQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait ) + { + /* This function should not be called by application code hence the + 'Restricted' in its name. It is not part of the public API. It is + designed for use by kernel code, and has special calling requirements. + It can result in vListInsert() being called on a list that can only + possibly ever have one item in it, so the list will be fast, but even + so it should be called with the scheduler locked and not from a critical + section. */ + + /* Only do anything if there are no messages in the queue. This function + will not actually cause the task to block, just place it on a blocked + list. It will not block until the scheduler is unlocked - at which + time a yield will be performed. If an item is added to the queue while + the queue is locked, and the calling task blocks on the queue, then the + calling task will be immediately unblocked when the queue is unlocked. */ + prvLockQueue( pxQueue ); + if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) + { + /* There is nothing in the queue, block for the specified period. */ + vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait ); + } + prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue ); + } + +#endif + diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/queue.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/queue.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000..9a6c86a --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/queue.h @@ -0,0 +1,1270 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + + FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: + Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development + tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. + See http://www.atollic.com + + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * + * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * + * available. * + * * + * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * + * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * + * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * + * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * + * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * + * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * + * * + * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * + * * + * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. + >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to + distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to + provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY + or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it + can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained + by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the + FreeRTOS WEB site. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and + contact details. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety + critical systems. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, + licensing and training services. +*/ + + +#ifndef QUEUE_H +#define QUEUE_H + +#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H + #error "#include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "#include queue.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +#include "mpu_wrappers.h" + +/** + * Type by which queues are referenced. For example, a call to xQueueCreate + * returns (via a pointer parameter) an xQueueHandle variable that can then + * be used as a parameter to xQueueSend(), xQueueReceive(), etc. + */ +typedef void * xQueueHandle; + + +/* For internal use only. */ +#define queueSEND_TO_BACK ( 0 ) +#define queueSEND_TO_FRONT ( 1 ) + + +/** + * queue. h + * <pre> + xQueueHandle xQueueCreate( + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueLength, + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize + ); + * </pre> + * + * Creates a new queue instance. This allocates the storage required by the + * new queue and returns a handle for the queue. + * + * @param uxQueueLength The maximum number of items that the queue can contain. + * + * @param uxItemSize The number of bytes each item in the queue will require. + * Items are queued by copy, not by reference, so this is the number of bytes + * that will be copied for each posted item. Each item on the queue must be + * the same size. + * + * @return If the queue is successfully create then a handle to the newly + * created queue is returned. If the queue cannot be created then 0 is + * returned. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + struct AMessage + { + char ucMessageID; + char ucData[ 20 ]; + }; + + void vATask( void *pvParameters ) + { + xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2; + + // Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values. + xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) ); + if( xQueue1 == 0 ) + { + // Queue was not created and must not be used. + } + + // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures. + // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data. + xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) ); + if( xQueue2 == 0 ) + { + // Queue was not created and must not be used. + } + + // ... Rest of task code. + } + </pre> + * \defgroup xQueueCreate xQueueCreate + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +xQueueHandle xQueueCreate( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueLength, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize ); + +/** + * queue. h + * <pre> + portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendToToFront( + xQueueHandle xQueue, + const void * pvItemToQueue, + portTickType xTicksToWait + ); + * </pre> + * + * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend(). + * + * Post an item to the front of a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by + * reference. This function must not be called from an interrupt service + * routine. See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used + * in an ISR. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. + * + * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the + * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the + * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue + * into the queue storage area. + * + * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block + * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already + * be full. The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the + * queue is full. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant + * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + struct AMessage + { + char ucMessageID; + char ucData[ 20 ]; + } xMessage; + + unsigned long ulVar = 10UL; + + void vATask( void *pvParameters ) + { + xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2; + struct AMessage *pxMessage; + + // Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values. + xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) ); + + // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures. + // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data. + xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) ); + + // ... + + if( xQueue1 != 0 ) + { + // Send an unsigned long. Wait for 10 ticks for space to become + // available if necessary. + if( xQueueSendToFront( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( portTickType ) 10 ) != pdPASS ) + { + // Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks. + } + } + + if( xQueue2 != 0 ) + { + // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the + // queue is already full. + pxMessage = & xMessage; + xQueueSendToFront( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 ); + } + + // ... Rest of task code. + } + </pre> + * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +#define xQueueSendToFront( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_FRONT ) + +/** + * queue. h + * <pre> + portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendToBack( + xQueueHandle xQueue, + const void * pvItemToQueue, + portTickType xTicksToWait + ); + * </pre> + * + * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend(). + * + * Post an item to the back of a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by + * reference. This function must not be called from an interrupt service + * routine. See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used + * in an ISR. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. + * + * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the + * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the + * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue + * into the queue storage area. + * + * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block + * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already + * be full. The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the queue + * is full. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant + * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + struct AMessage + { + char ucMessageID; + char ucData[ 20 ]; + } xMessage; + + unsigned long ulVar = 10UL; + + void vATask( void *pvParameters ) + { + xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2; + struct AMessage *pxMessage; + + // Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values. + xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) ); + + // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures. + // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data. + xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) ); + + // ... + + if( xQueue1 != 0 ) + { + // Send an unsigned long. Wait for 10 ticks for space to become + // available if necessary. + if( xQueueSendToBack( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( portTickType ) 10 ) != pdPASS ) + { + // Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks. + } + } + + if( xQueue2 != 0 ) + { + // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the + // queue is already full. + pxMessage = & xMessage; + xQueueSendToBack( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 ); + } + + // ... Rest of task code. + } + </pre> + * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +#define xQueueSendToBack( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_BACK ) + +/** + * queue. h + * <pre> + portBASE_TYPE xQueueSend( + xQueueHandle xQueue, + const void * pvItemToQueue, + portTickType xTicksToWait + ); + * </pre> + * + * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend(). It is included for + * backward compatibility with versions of FreeRTOS.org that did not + * include the xQueueSendToFront() and xQueueSendToBack() macros. It is + * equivalent to xQueueSendToBack(). + * + * Post an item on a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by reference. + * This function must not be called from an interrupt service routine. + * See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used in an ISR. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. + * + * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the + * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the + * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue + * into the queue storage area. + * + * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block + * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already + * be full. The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the + * queue is full. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant + * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + struct AMessage + { + char ucMessageID; + char ucData[ 20 ]; + } xMessage; + + unsigned long ulVar = 10UL; + + void vATask( void *pvParameters ) + { + xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2; + struct AMessage *pxMessage; + + // Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values. + xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) ); + + // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures. + // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data. + xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) ); + + // ... + + if( xQueue1 != 0 ) + { + // Send an unsigned long. Wait for 10 ticks for space to become + // available if necessary. + if( xQueueSend( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( portTickType ) 10 ) != pdPASS ) + { + // Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks. + } + } + + if( xQueue2 != 0 ) + { + // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the + // queue is already full. + pxMessage = & xMessage; + xQueueSend( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 ); + } + + // ... Rest of task code. + } + </pre> + * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +#define xQueueSend( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_BACK ) + + +/** + * queue. h + * <pre> + portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSend( + xQueueHandle xQueue, + const void * pvItemToQueue, + portTickType xTicksToWait + portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition + ); + * </pre> + * + * It is preferred that the macros xQueueSend(), xQueueSendToFront() and + * xQueueSendToBack() are used in place of calling this function directly. + * + * Post an item on a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by reference. + * This function must not be called from an interrupt service routine. + * See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used in an ISR. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. + * + * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the + * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the + * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue + * into the queue storage area. + * + * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block + * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already + * be full. The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the + * queue is full. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant + * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required. + * + * @param xCopyPosition Can take the value queueSEND_TO_BACK to place the + * item at the back of the queue, or queueSEND_TO_FRONT to place the item + * at the front of the queue (for high priority messages). + * + * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + struct AMessage + { + char ucMessageID; + char ucData[ 20 ]; + } xMessage; + + unsigned long ulVar = 10UL; + + void vATask( void *pvParameters ) + { + xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2; + struct AMessage *pxMessage; + + // Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values. + xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) ); + + // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures. + // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data. + xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) ); + + // ... + + if( xQueue1 != 0 ) + { + // Send an unsigned long. Wait for 10 ticks for space to become + // available if necessary. + if( xQueueGenericSend( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( portTickType ) 10, queueSEND_TO_BACK ) != pdPASS ) + { + // Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks. + } + } + + if( xQueue2 != 0 ) + { + // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the + // queue is already full. + pxMessage = & xMessage; + xQueueGenericSend( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0, queueSEND_TO_BACK ); + } + + // ... Rest of task code. + } + </pre> + * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ); + +/** + * queue. h + * <pre> + portBASE_TYPE xQueuePeek( + xQueueHandle xQueue, + void *pvBuffer, + portTickType xTicksToWait + );</pre> + * + * This is a macro that calls the xQueueGenericReceive() function. + * + * Receive an item from a queue without removing the item from the queue. + * The item is received by copy so a buffer of adequate size must be + * provided. The number of bytes copied into the buffer was defined when + * the queue was created. + * + * Successfully received items remain on the queue so will be returned again + * by the next call, or a call to xQueueReceive(). + * + * This macro must not be used in an interrupt service routine. + * + * @param pxQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be + * received. + * + * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will + * be copied. + * + * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block + * waiting for an item to receive should the queue be empty at the time + * of the call. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant + * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required. + * xQueuePeek() will return immediately if xTicksToWait is 0 and the queue + * is empty. + * + * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue, + * otherwise pdFALSE. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + struct AMessage + { + char ucMessageID; + char ucData[ 20 ]; + } xMessage; + + xQueueHandle xQueue; + + // Task to create a queue and post a value. + void vATask( void *pvParameters ) + { + struct AMessage *pxMessage; + + // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures. + // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data. + xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) ); + if( xQueue == 0 ) + { + // Failed to create the queue. + } + + // ... + + // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the + // queue is already full. + pxMessage = & xMessage; + xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 ); + + // ... Rest of task code. + } + + // Task to peek the data from the queue. + void vADifferentTask( void *pvParameters ) + { + struct AMessage *pxRxedMessage; + + if( xQueue != 0 ) + { + // Peek a message on the created queue. Block for 10 ticks if a + // message is not immediately available. + if( xQueuePeek( xQueue, &( pxRxedMessage ), ( portTickType ) 10 ) ) + { + // pcRxedMessage now points to the struct AMessage variable posted + // by vATask, but the item still remains on the queue. + } + } + + // ... Rest of task code. + } + </pre> + * \defgroup xQueueReceive xQueueReceive + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +#define xQueuePeek( xQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericReceive( ( xQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ), pdTRUE ) + +/** + * queue. h + * <pre> + portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceive( + xQueueHandle xQueue, + void *pvBuffer, + portTickType xTicksToWait + );</pre> + * + * This is a macro that calls the xQueueGenericReceive() function. + * + * Receive an item from a queue. The item is received by copy so a buffer of + * adequate size must be provided. The number of bytes copied into the buffer + * was defined when the queue was created. + * + * Successfully received items are removed from the queue. + * + * This function must not be used in an interrupt service routine. See + * xQueueReceiveFromISR for an alternative that can. + * + * @param pxQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be + * received. + * + * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will + * be copied. + * + * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block + * waiting for an item to receive should the queue be empty at the time + * of the call. xQueueReceive() will return immediately if xTicksToWait + * is zero and the queue is empty. The time is defined in tick periods so the + * constant portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is + * required. + * + * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue, + * otherwise pdFALSE. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + struct AMessage + { + char ucMessageID; + char ucData[ 20 ]; + } xMessage; + + xQueueHandle xQueue; + + // Task to create a queue and post a value. + void vATask( void *pvParameters ) + { + struct AMessage *pxMessage; + + // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures. + // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data. + xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) ); + if( xQueue == 0 ) + { + // Failed to create the queue. + } + + // ... + + // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the + // queue is already full. + pxMessage = & xMessage; + xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 ); + + // ... Rest of task code. + } + + // Task to receive from the queue. + void vADifferentTask( void *pvParameters ) + { + struct AMessage *pxRxedMessage; + + if( xQueue != 0 ) + { + // Receive a message on the created queue. Block for 10 ticks if a + // message is not immediately available. + if( xQueueReceive( xQueue, &( pxRxedMessage ), ( portTickType ) 10 ) ) + { + // pcRxedMessage now points to the struct AMessage variable posted + // by vATask. + } + } + + // ... Rest of task code. + } + </pre> + * \defgroup xQueueReceive xQueueReceive + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +#define xQueueReceive( xQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericReceive( ( xQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ), pdFALSE ) + + +/** + * queue. h + * <pre> + portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericReceive( + xQueueHandle xQueue, + void *pvBuffer, + portTickType xTicksToWait + portBASE_TYPE xJustPeek + );</pre> + * + * It is preferred that the macro xQueueReceive() be used rather than calling + * this function directly. + * + * Receive an item from a queue. The item is received by copy so a buffer of + * adequate size must be provided. The number of bytes copied into the buffer + * was defined when the queue was created. + * + * This function must not be used in an interrupt service routine. See + * xQueueReceiveFromISR for an alternative that can. + * + * @param pxQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be + * received. + * + * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will + * be copied. + * + * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block + * waiting for an item to receive should the queue be empty at the time + * of the call. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant + * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required. + * xQueueGenericReceive() will return immediately if the queue is empty and + * xTicksToWait is 0. + * + * @param xJustPeek When set to true, the item received from the queue is not + * actually removed from the queue - meaning a subsequent call to + * xQueueReceive() will return the same item. When set to false, the item + * being received from the queue is also removed from the queue. + * + * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue, + * otherwise pdFALSE. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + struct AMessage + { + char ucMessageID; + char ucData[ 20 ]; + } xMessage; + + xQueueHandle xQueue; + + // Task to create a queue and post a value. + void vATask( void *pvParameters ) + { + struct AMessage *pxMessage; + + // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures. + // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data. + xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) ); + if( xQueue == 0 ) + { + // Failed to create the queue. + } + + // ... + + // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the + // queue is already full. + pxMessage = & xMessage; + xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 ); + + // ... Rest of task code. + } + + // Task to receive from the queue. + void vADifferentTask( void *pvParameters ) + { + struct AMessage *pxRxedMessage; + + if( xQueue != 0 ) + { + // Receive a message on the created queue. Block for 10 ticks if a + // message is not immediately available. + if( xQueueGenericReceive( xQueue, &( pxRxedMessage ), ( portTickType ) 10 ) ) + { + // pcRxedMessage now points to the struct AMessage variable posted + // by vATask. + } + } + + // ... Rest of task code. + } + </pre> + * \defgroup xQueueReceive xQueueReceive + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericReceive( xQueueHandle xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeek ); + +/** + * queue. h + * <pre>unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const xQueueHandle xQueue );</pre> + * + * Return the number of messages stored in a queue. + * + * @param xQueue A handle to the queue being queried. + * + * @return The number of messages available in the queue. + * + * \page uxQueueMessagesWaiting uxQueueMessagesWaiting + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const xQueueHandle xQueue ); + +/** + * queue. h + * <pre>void vQueueDelete( xQueueHandle xQueue );</pre> + * + * Delete a queue - freeing all the memory allocated for storing of items + * placed on the queue. + * + * @param xQueue A handle to the queue to be deleted. + * + * \page vQueueDelete vQueueDelete + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +void vQueueDelete( xQueueHandle pxQueue ); + +/** + * queue. h + * <pre> + portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendToFrontFromISR( + xQueueHandle pxQueue, + const void *pvItemToQueue, + portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken + ); + </pre> + * + * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR(). + * + * Post an item to the front of a queue. It is safe to use this macro from + * within an interrupt service routine. + * + * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only + * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR. In most cases + * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. + * + * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the + * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the + * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue + * into the queue storage area. + * + * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() will set + * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task + * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently + * running task. If xQueueSendToFromFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then + * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise + * errQUEUE_FULL. + * + * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value + * per call): + <pre> + void vBufferISR( void ) + { + char cIn; + portBASE_TYPE xHigherPrioritTaskWoken; + + // We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR. + xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; + + // Loop until the buffer is empty. + do + { + // Obtain a byte from the buffer. + cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS ); + + // Post the byte. + xQueueSendToFrontFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); + + } while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) ); + + // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary. + if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) + { + taskYIELD (); + } + } + </pre> + * + * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +#define xQueueSendToFrontFromISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_FRONT ) + + +/** + * queue. h + * <pre> + portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendToBackFromISR( + xQueueHandle pxQueue, + const void *pvItemToQueue, + portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken + ); + </pre> + * + * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR(). + * + * Post an item to the back of a queue. It is safe to use this macro from + * within an interrupt service routine. + * + * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only + * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR. In most cases + * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. + * + * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the + * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the + * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue + * into the queue storage area. + * + * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendToBackFromISR() will set + * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task + * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently + * running task. If xQueueSendToBackFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then + * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise + * errQUEUE_FULL. + * + * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value + * per call): + <pre> + void vBufferISR( void ) + { + char cIn; + portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken; + + // We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR. + xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; + + // Loop until the buffer is empty. + do + { + // Obtain a byte from the buffer. + cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS ); + + // Post the byte. + xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); + + } while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) ); + + // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary. + if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) + { + taskYIELD (); + } + } + </pre> + * + * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +#define xQueueSendToBackFromISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK ) + +/** + * queue. h + * <pre> + portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendFromISR( + xQueueHandle pxQueue, + const void *pvItemToQueue, + portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken + ); + </pre> + * + * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR(). It is included + * for backward compatibility with versions of FreeRTOS.org that did not + * include the xQueueSendToBackFromISR() and xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() + * macros. + * + * Post an item to the back of a queue. It is safe to use this function from + * within an interrupt service routine. + * + * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only + * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR. In most cases + * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. + * + * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the + * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the + * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue + * into the queue storage area. + * + * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendFromISR() will set + * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task + * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently + * running task. If xQueueSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then + * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise + * errQUEUE_FULL. + * + * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value + * per call): + <pre> + void vBufferISR( void ) + { + char cIn; + portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken; + + // We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR. + xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; + + // Loop until the buffer is empty. + do + { + // Obtain a byte from the buffer. + cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS ); + + // Post the byte. + xQueueSendFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); + + } while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) ); + + // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary. + if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) + { + // Actual macro used here is port specific. + taskYIELD_FROM_ISR (); + } + } + </pre> + * + * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +#define xQueueSendFromISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK ) + +/** + * queue. h + * <pre> + portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSendFromISR( + xQueueHandle pxQueue, + const void *pvItemToQueue, + portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, + portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition + ); + </pre> + * + * It is preferred that the macros xQueueSendFromISR(), + * xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() and xQueueSendToBackFromISR() be used in place + * of calling this function directly. + * + * Post an item on a queue. It is safe to use this function from within an + * interrupt service routine. + * + * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only + * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR. In most cases + * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. + * + * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the + * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the + * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue + * into the queue storage area. + * + * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueGenericSendFromISR() will set + * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task + * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently + * running task. If xQueueGenericSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then + * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited. + * + * @param xCopyPosition Can take the value queueSEND_TO_BACK to place the + * item at the back of the queue, or queueSEND_TO_FRONT to place the item + * at the front of the queue (for high priority messages). + * + * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise + * errQUEUE_FULL. + * + * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value + * per call): + <pre> + void vBufferISR( void ) + { + char cIn; + portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost; + + // We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR. + xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost = pdFALSE; + + // Loop until the buffer is empty. + do + { + // Obtain a byte from the buffer. + cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS ); + + // Post each byte. + xQueueGenericSendFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost, queueSEND_TO_BACK ); + + } while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) ); + + // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary. Note that the + // name of the yield function required is port specific. + if( xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost ) + { + taskYIELD_YIELD_FROM_ISR(); + } + } + </pre> + * + * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ); + +/** + * queue. h + * <pre> + portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceiveFromISR( + xQueueHandle pxQueue, + void *pvBuffer, + portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken + ); + * </pre> + * + * Receive an item from a queue. It is safe to use this function from within an + * interrupt service routine. + * + * @param pxQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be + * received. + * + * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will + * be copied. + * + * @param pxTaskWoken A task may be blocked waiting for space to become + * available on the queue. If xQueueReceiveFromISR causes such a task to + * unblock *pxTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise *pxTaskWoken will + * remain unchanged. + * + * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue, + * otherwise pdFALSE. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + + xQueueHandle xQueue; + + // Function to create a queue and post some values. + void vAFunction( void *pvParameters ) + { + char cValueToPost; + const portTickType xBlockTime = ( portTickType )0xff; + + // Create a queue capable of containing 10 characters. + xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( char ) ); + if( xQueue == 0 ) + { + // Failed to create the queue. + } + + // ... + + // Post some characters that will be used within an ISR. If the queue + // is full then this task will block for xBlockTime ticks. + cValueToPost = 'a'; + xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &cValueToPost, xBlockTime ); + cValueToPost = 'b'; + xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &cValueToPost, xBlockTime ); + + // ... keep posting characters ... this task may block when the queue + // becomes full. + + cValueToPost = 'c'; + xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &cValueToPost, xBlockTime ); + } + + // ISR that outputs all the characters received on the queue. + void vISR_Routine( void ) + { + portBASE_TYPE xTaskWokenByReceive = pdFALSE; + char cRxedChar; + + while( xQueueReceiveFromISR( xQueue, ( void * ) &cRxedChar, &xTaskWokenByReceive) ) + { + // A character was received. Output the character now. + vOutputCharacter( cRxedChar ); + + // If removing the character from the queue woke the task that was + // posting onto the queue cTaskWokenByReceive will have been set to + // pdTRUE. No matter how many times this loop iterates only one + // task will be woken. + } + + if( cTaskWokenByPost != ( char ) pdFALSE; + { + taskYIELD (); + } + } + </pre> + * \defgroup xQueueReceiveFromISR xQueueReceiveFromISR + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken ); + +/* + * Utilities to query queue that are safe to use from an ISR. These utilities + * should be used only from witin an ISR, or within a critical section. + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ); +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ); +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ); + + +/* + * xQueueAltGenericSend() is an alternative version of xQueueGenericSend(). + * Likewise xQueueAltGenericReceive() is an alternative version of + * xQueueGenericReceive(). + * + * The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much + * simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section. + * This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the + * preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more + * complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of + * critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt + * responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API + * sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness. + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ); +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking ); +#define xQueueAltSendToFront( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueAltGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_FRONT ) +#define xQueueAltSendToBack( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueAltGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_BACK ) +#define xQueueAltReceive( xQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait ) xQueueAltGenericReceive( ( xQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ), pdFALSE ) +#define xQueueAltPeek( xQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait ) xQueueAltGenericReceive( ( xQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ), pdTRUE ) + +/* + * The functions defined above are for passing data to and from tasks. The + * functions below are the equivalents for passing data to and from + * co-routines. + * + * These functions are called from the co-routine macro implementation and + * should not be called directly from application code. Instead use the macro + * wrappers defined within croutine.h. + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ); +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken ); +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait ); +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait ); + +/* + * For internal use only. Use xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or + * xSemaphoreCreateCounting() instead of calling these functions directly. + */ +xQueueHandle xQueueCreateMutex( void ); +xQueueHandle xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCountValue, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxInitialCount ); + +/* + * For internal use only. Use xSemaphoreTakeMutexRecursive() or + * xSemaphoreGiveMutexRecursive() instead of calling these functions directly. + */ +portBASE_TYPE xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle pxMutex, portTickType xBlockTime ); +portBASE_TYPE xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle pxMutex ); + +/* + * The registry is provided as a means for kernel aware debuggers to + * locate queues, semaphores and mutexes. Call vQueueAddToRegistry() add + * a queue, semaphore or mutex handle to the registry if you want the handle + * to be available to a kernel aware debugger. If you are not using a kernel + * aware debugger then this function can be ignored. + * + * configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE defines the maximum number of handles the + * registry can hold. configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE must be greater than 0 + * within FreeRTOSConfig.h for the registry to be available. Its value + * does not effect the number of queues, semaphores and mutexes that can be + * created - just the number that the registry can hold. + * + * @param xQueue The handle of the queue being added to the registry. This + * is the handle returned by a call to xQueueCreate(). Semaphore and mutex + * handles can also be passed in here. + * + * @param pcName The name to be associated with the handle. This is the + * name that the kernel aware debugger will display. + */ +#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0U + void vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueueHandle xQueue, signed char *pcName ); +#endif + +/* Not a public API function, hence the 'Restricted' in the name. */ +void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xQueueHandle pxQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait ); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* QUEUE_H */ + diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/semphr.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/semphr.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000..7a9e83f --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/semphr.h @@ -0,0 +1,717 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + + FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: + Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development + tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. + See http://www.atollic.com + + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * + * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * + * available. * + * * + * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * + * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * + * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * + * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * + * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * + * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * + * * + * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * + * * + * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. + >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to + distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to + provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY + or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it + can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained + by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the + FreeRTOS WEB site. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and + contact details. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety + critical systems. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, + licensing and training services. +*/ + +#ifndef SEMAPHORE_H +#define SEMAPHORE_H + +#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H + #error "#include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "#include semphr.h" +#endif + +#include "queue.h" + +typedef xQueueHandle xSemaphoreHandle; + +#define semBINARY_SEMAPHORE_QUEUE_LENGTH ( ( unsigned char ) 1U ) +#define semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ( ( unsigned char ) 0U ) +#define semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME ( ( portTickType ) 0U ) + + +/** + * semphr. h + * <pre>vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore )</pre> + * + * <i>Macro</i> that implements a semaphore by using the existing queue mechanism. + * The queue length is 1 as this is a binary semaphore. The data size is 0 + * as we don't want to actually store any data - we just want to know if the + * queue is empty or full. + * + * This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or + * between an interrupt and a task. The semaphore need not be given back once + * obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while + * another continuously 'takes' the semaphore. For this reason this type of + * semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism. For an alternative + * that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex(). + * + * @param xSemaphore Handle to the created semaphore. Should be of type xSemaphoreHandle. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore; + + void vATask( void * pvParameters ) + { + // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary (). + // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly. + vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore ); + + if( xSemaphore != NULL ) + { + // The semaphore was created successfully. + // The semaphore can now be used. + } + } + </pre> + * \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateBinary vSemaphoreCreateBinary + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#define vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore ) { \ + ( xSemaphore ) = xQueueCreate( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ); \ + if( ( xSemaphore ) != NULL ) \ + { \ + xSemaphoreGive( ( xSemaphore ) ); \ + } \ + } + +/** + * semphr. h + * <pre>xSemaphoreTake( + * xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore, + * portTickType xBlockTime + * )</pre> + * + * <i>Macro</i> to obtain a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been + * created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or + * xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). + * + * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken - obtained when + * the semaphore was created. + * + * @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become + * available. The macro portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert this to a + * real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. A block + * time of portMAX_DELAY can be used to block indefinitely (provided + * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h). + * + * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE + * if xBlockTime expired without the semaphore becoming available. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL; + + // A task that creates a semaphore. + void vATask( void * pvParameters ) + { + // Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource. + vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore ); + } + + // A task that uses the semaphore. + void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters ) + { + // ... Do other things. + + if( xSemaphore != NULL ) + { + // See if we can obtain the semaphore. If the semaphore is not available + // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free. + if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE ) + { + // We were able to obtain the semaphore and can now access the + // shared resource. + + // ... + + // We have finished accessing the shared resource. Release the + // semaphore. + xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ); + } + else + { + // We could not obtain the semaphore and can therefore not access + // the shared resource safely. + } + } + } + </pre> + * \defgroup xSemaphoreTake xSemaphoreTake + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#define xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueGenericReceive( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ), pdFALSE ) + +/** + * semphr. h + * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( + * xSemaphoreHandle xMutex, + * portTickType xBlockTime + * ) + * + * <i>Macro</i> to recursively obtain, or 'take', a mutex type semaphore. + * The mutex must have previously been created using a call to + * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex(); + * + * configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this + * macro to be available. + * + * This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex(). + * + * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex + * doesn't become available again until the owner has called + * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example, + * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will + * not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back + * exactly five times. + * + * @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being obtained. This is the + * handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex(); + * + * @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become + * available. The macro portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert this to a + * real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. If + * the task already owns the semaphore then xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() will + * return immediately no matter what the value of xBlockTime. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE if xBlockTime + * expired without the semaphore becoming available. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + xSemaphoreHandle xMutex = NULL; + + // A task that creates a mutex. + void vATask( void * pvParameters ) + { + // Create the mutex to guard a shared resource. + xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex(); + } + + // A task that uses the mutex. + void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters ) + { + // ... Do other things. + + if( xMutex != NULL ) + { + // See if we can obtain the mutex. If the mutex is not available + // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free. + if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE ) + { + // We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the + // shared resource. + + // ... + // For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to + // xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex. In real + // code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make + // no sense. Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside + // a more complex call structure. + xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 ); + xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 ); + + // The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be + // available to another task until it has also been given back + // three times. Again it is unlikely that real code would have + // these calls sequentially, but instead buried in a more complex + // call structure. This is just for illustrative purposes. + xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex ); + xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex ); + xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex ); + + // Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks. + } + else + { + // We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access + // the shared resource safely. + } + } + } + </pre> + * \defgroup xSemaphoreTakeRecursive xSemaphoreTakeRecursive + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#define xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, xBlockTime ) xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ), ( xBlockTime ) ) + + +/* + * xSemaphoreAltTake() is an alternative version of xSemaphoreTake(). + * + * The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much + * simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section. + * This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the + * preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more + * complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of + * critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt + * responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API + * sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness. + */ +#define xSemaphoreAltTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueAltGenericReceive( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ), pdFALSE ) + +/** + * semphr. h + * <pre>xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore )</pre> + * + * <i>Macro</i> to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been + * created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or + * xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). and obtained using sSemaphoreTake(). + * + * This macro must not be used from an ISR. See xSemaphoreGiveFromISR () for + * an alternative which can be used from an ISR. + * + * This macro must also not be used on semaphores created using + * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex(). + * + * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the + * handle returned when the semaphore was created. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was released. pdFALSE if an error occurred. + * Semaphores are implemented using queues. An error can occur if there is + * no space on the queue to post a message - indicating that the + * semaphore was not first obtained correctly. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL; + + void vATask( void * pvParameters ) + { + // Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource. + vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore ); + + if( xSemaphore != NULL ) + { + if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE ) + { + // We would expect this call to fail because we cannot give + // a semaphore without first "taking" it! + } + + // Obtain the semaphore - don't block if the semaphore is not + // immediately available. + if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 0 ) ) + { + // We now have the semaphore and can access the shared resource. + + // ... + + // We have finished accessing the shared resource so can free the + // semaphore. + if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE ) + { + // We would not expect this call to fail because we must have + // obtained the semaphore to get here. + } + } + } + } + </pre> + * \defgroup xSemaphoreGive xSemaphoreGive + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#define xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK ) + +/** + * semphr. h + * <pre>xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xSemaphoreHandle xMutex )</pre> + * + * <i>Macro</i> to recursively release, or 'give', a mutex type semaphore. + * The mutex must have previously been created using a call to + * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex(); + * + * configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this + * macro to be available. + * + * This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex(). + * + * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex + * doesn't become available again until the owner has called + * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example, + * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will + * not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back + * exactly five times. + * + * @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being released, or 'given'. This is the + * handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateMutex(); + * + * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was given. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + xSemaphoreHandle xMutex = NULL; + + // A task that creates a mutex. + void vATask( void * pvParameters ) + { + // Create the mutex to guard a shared resource. + xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex(); + } + + // A task that uses the mutex. + void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters ) + { + // ... Do other things. + + if( xMutex != NULL ) + { + // See if we can obtain the mutex. If the mutex is not available + // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free. + if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE ) + { + // We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the + // shared resource. + + // ... + // For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to + // xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex. In real + // code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make + // no sense. Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside + // a more complex call structure. + xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 ); + xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 ); + + // The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be + // available to another task until it has also been given back + // three times. Again it is unlikely that real code would have + // these calls sequentially, it would be more likely that the calls + // to xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() would be called as a call stack + // unwound. This is just for demonstrative purposes. + xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex ); + xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex ); + xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex ); + + // Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks. + } + else + { + // We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access + // the shared resource safely. + } + } + } + </pre> + * \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveRecursive xSemaphoreGiveRecursive + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#define xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex ) xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ) ) + +/* + * xSemaphoreAltGive() is an alternative version of xSemaphoreGive(). + * + * The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much + * simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section. + * This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the + * preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more + * complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of + * critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt + * responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API + * sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness. + */ +#define xSemaphoreAltGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueAltGenericSend( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK ) + +/** + * semphr. h + * <pre> + xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( + xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore, + signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken + )</pre> + * + * <i>Macro</i> to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been + * created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary() or xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). + * + * Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex()) + * must not be used with this macro. + * + * This macro can be used from an ISR. + * + * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the + * handle returned when the semaphore was created. + * + * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() will set + * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if giving the semaphore caused a task + * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently + * running task. If xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then + * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully given, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + \#define LONG_TIME 0xffff + \#define TICKS_TO_WAIT 10 + xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL; + + // Repetitive task. + void vATask( void * pvParameters ) + { + for( ;; ) + { + // We want this task to run every 10 ticks of a timer. The semaphore + // was created before this task was started. + + // Block waiting for the semaphore to become available. + if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, LONG_TIME ) == pdTRUE ) + { + // It is time to execute. + + // ... + + // We have finished our task. Return to the top of the loop where + // we will block on the semaphore until it is time to execute + // again. Note when using the semaphore for synchronisation with an + // ISR in this manner there is no need to 'give' the semaphore back. + } + } + } + + // Timer ISR + void vTimerISR( void * pvParameters ) + { + static unsigned char ucLocalTickCount = 0; + static signed portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken; + + // A timer tick has occurred. + + // ... Do other time functions. + + // Is it time for vATask () to run? + xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; + ucLocalTickCount++; + if( ucLocalTickCount >= TICKS_TO_WAIT ) + { + // Unblock the task by releasing the semaphore. + xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); + + // Reset the count so we release the semaphore again in 10 ticks time. + ucLocalTickCount = 0; + } + + if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE ) + { + // We can force a context switch here. Context switching from an + // ISR uses port specific syntax. Check the demo task for your port + // to find the syntax required. + } + } + </pre> + * \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveFromISR xSemaphoreGiveFromISR + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#define xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK ) + +/** + * semphr. h + * <pre>xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateMutex( void )</pre> + * + * <i>Macro</i> that implements a mutex semaphore by using the existing queue + * mechanism. + * + * Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the xSemaphoreTake() + * and xSemaphoreGive() macros. The xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and + * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros should not be used. + * + * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task + * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the + * semaphore it is no longer required. + * + * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines. + * + * See vSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be + * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the + * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt + * service routines. + * + * @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore. Should be of type + * xSemaphoreHandle. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore; + + void vATask( void * pvParameters ) + { + // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex(). + // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly. + xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateMutex(); + + if( xSemaphore != NULL ) + { + // The semaphore was created successfully. + // The semaphore can now be used. + } + } + </pre> + * \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateMutex vSemaphoreCreateMutex + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#define xSemaphoreCreateMutex() xQueueCreateMutex() + + +/** + * semphr. h + * <pre>xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex( void )</pre> + * + * <i>Macro</i> that implements a recursive mutex by using the existing queue + * mechanism. + * + * Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the + * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros. The + * xSemaphoreTake() and xSemaphoreGive() macros should not be used. + * + * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex + * doesn't become available again until the owner has called + * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example, + * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will + * not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back + * exactly five times. + * + * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task + * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the + * semaphore it is no longer required. + * + * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines. + * + * See vSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be + * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the + * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt + * service routines. + * + * @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore. Should be of type + * xSemaphoreHandle. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore; + + void vATask( void * pvParameters ) + { + // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex(). + // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly. + xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex(); + + if( xSemaphore != NULL ) + { + // The semaphore was created successfully. + // The semaphore can now be used. + } + } + </pre> + * \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateMutex vSemaphoreCreateMutex + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() xQueueCreateMutex() + +/** + * semphr. h + * <pre>xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateCounting( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxMaxCount, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxInitialCount )</pre> + * + * <i>Macro</i> that creates a counting semaphore by using the existing + * queue mechanism. + * + * Counting semaphores are typically used for two things: + * + * 1) Counting events. + * + * In this usage scenario an event handler will 'give' a semaphore each time + * an event occurs (incrementing the semaphore count value), and a handler + * task will 'take' a semaphore each time it processes an event + * (decrementing the semaphore count value). The count value is therefore + * the difference between the number of events that have occurred and the + * number that have been processed. In this case it is desirable for the + * initial count value to be zero. + * + * 2) Resource management. + * + * In this usage scenario the count value indicates the number of resources + * available. To obtain control of a resource a task must first obtain a + * semaphore - decrementing the semaphore count value. When the count value + * reaches zero there are no free resources. When a task finishes with the + * resource it 'gives' the semaphore back - incrementing the semaphore count + * value. In this case it is desirable for the initial count value to be + * equal to the maximum count value, indicating that all resources are free. + * + * @param uxMaxCount The maximum count value that can be reached. When the + * semaphore reaches this value it can no longer be 'given'. + * + * @param uxInitialCount The count value assigned to the semaphore when it is + * created. + * + * @return Handle to the created semaphore. Null if the semaphore could not be + * created. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore; + + void vATask( void * pvParameters ) + { + xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL; + + // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). + // The max value to which the semaphore can count should be 10, and the + // initial value assigned to the count should be 0. + xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateCounting( 10, 0 ); + + if( xSemaphore != NULL ) + { + // The semaphore was created successfully. + // The semaphore can now be used. + } + } + </pre> + * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateCounting xSemaphoreCreateCounting + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#define xSemaphoreCreateCounting( uxMaxCount, uxInitialCount ) xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( ( uxMaxCount ), ( uxInitialCount ) ) + + +#endif /* SEMAPHORE_H */ + + diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/task.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/task.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000..96ba68e --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/task.h @@ -0,0 +1,1307 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + + FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: + Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development + tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. + See http://www.atollic.com + + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * + * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * + * available. * + * * + * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * + * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * + * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * + * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * + * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * + * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * + * * + * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * + * * + * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. + >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to + distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to + provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY + or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it + can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained + by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the + FreeRTOS WEB site. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and + contact details. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety + critical systems. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, + licensing and training services. +*/ + + +#ifndef TASK_H +#define TASK_H + +#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H + #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include task.h" +#endif + +#include "portable.h" +#include "list.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * MACROS AND DEFINITIONS + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define tskKERNEL_VERSION_NUMBER "V7.0.1" + +/** + * task. h + * + * Type by which tasks are referenced. For example, a call to xTaskCreate + * returns (via a pointer parameter) an xTaskHandle variable that can then + * be used as a parameter to vTaskDelete to delete the task. + * + * \page xTaskHandle xTaskHandle + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +typedef void * xTaskHandle; + +/* + * Used internally only. + */ +typedef struct xTIME_OUT +{ + portBASE_TYPE xOverflowCount; + portTickType xTimeOnEntering; +} xTimeOutType; + +/* + * Defines the memory ranges allocated to the task when an MPU is used. + */ +typedef struct xMEMORY_REGION +{ + void *pvBaseAddress; + unsigned long ulLengthInBytes; + unsigned long ulParameters; +} xMemoryRegion; + +/* + * Parameters required to create an MPU protected task. + */ +typedef struct xTASK_PARAMTERS +{ + pdTASK_CODE pvTaskCode; + const signed char * const pcName; + unsigned short usStackDepth; + void *pvParameters; + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority; + portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer; + xMemoryRegion xRegions[ portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS ]; +} xTaskParameters; + +/* + * Defines the priority used by the idle task. This must not be modified. + * + * \ingroup TaskUtils + */ +#define tskIDLE_PRIORITY ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) + +/** + * task. h + * + * Macro for forcing a context switch. + * + * \page taskYIELD taskYIELD + * \ingroup SchedulerControl + */ +#define taskYIELD() portYIELD() + +/** + * task. h + * + * Macro to mark the start of a critical code region. Preemptive context + * switches cannot occur when in a critical region. + * + * NOTE: This may alter the stack (depending on the portable implementation) + * so must be used with care! + * + * \page taskENTER_CRITICAL taskENTER_CRITICAL + * \ingroup SchedulerControl + */ +#define taskENTER_CRITICAL() portENTER_CRITICAL() + +/** + * task. h + * + * Macro to mark the end of a critical code region. Preemptive context + * switches cannot occur when in a critical region. + * + * NOTE: This may alter the stack (depending on the portable implementation) + * so must be used with care! + * + * \page taskEXIT_CRITICAL taskEXIT_CRITICAL + * \ingroup SchedulerControl + */ +#define taskEXIT_CRITICAL() portEXIT_CRITICAL() + +/** + * task. h + * + * Macro to disable all maskable interrupts. + * + * \page taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS + * \ingroup SchedulerControl + */ +#define taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS() portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS() + +/** + * task. h + * + * Macro to enable microcontroller interrupts. + * + * \page taskENABLE_INTERRUPTS taskENABLE_INTERRUPTS + * \ingroup SchedulerControl + */ +#define taskENABLE_INTERRUPTS() portENABLE_INTERRUPTS() + +/* Definitions returned by xTaskGetSchedulerState(). */ +#define taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED 0 +#define taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING 1 +#define taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED 2 + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * TASK CREATION API + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * task. h + *<pre> + portBASE_TYPE xTaskCreate( + pdTASK_CODE pvTaskCode, + const char * const pcName, + unsigned short usStackDepth, + void *pvParameters, + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, + xTaskHandle *pvCreatedTask + );</pre> + * + * Create a new task and add it to the list of tasks that are ready to run. + * + * xTaskCreate() can only be used to create a task that has unrestricted + * access to the entire microcontroller memory map. Systems that include MPU + * support can alternatively create an MPU constrained task using + * xTaskCreateRestricted(). + * + * @param pvTaskCode Pointer to the task entry function. Tasks + * must be implemented to never return (i.e. continuous loop). + * + * @param pcName A descriptive name for the task. This is mainly used to + * facilitate debugging. Max length defined by tskMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - default + * is 16. + * + * @param usStackDepth The size of the task stack specified as the number of + * variables the stack can hold - not the number of bytes. For example, if + * the stack is 16 bits wide and usStackDepth is defined as 100, 200 bytes + * will be allocated for stack storage. + * + * @param pvParameters Pointer that will be used as the parameter for the task + * being created. + * + * @param uxPriority The priority at which the task should run. Systems that + * include MPU support can optionally create tasks in a privileged (system) + * mode by setting bit portPRIVILEGE_BIT of the priority parameter. For + * example, to create a privileged task at priority 2 the uxPriority parameter + * should be set to ( 2 | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ). + * + * @param pvCreatedTask Used to pass back a handle by which the created task + * can be referenced. + * + * @return pdPASS if the task was successfully created and added to a ready + * list, otherwise an error code defined in the file errors. h + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + // Task to be created. + void vTaskCode( void * pvParameters ) + { + for( ;; ) + { + // Task code goes here. + } + } + + // Function that creates a task. + void vOtherFunction( void ) + { + static unsigned char ucParameterToPass; + xTaskHandle xHandle; + + // Create the task, storing the handle. Note that the passed parameter ucParameterToPass + // must exist for the lifetime of the task, so in this case is declared static. If it was just an + // an automatic stack variable it might no longer exist, or at least have been corrupted, by the time + // the new task attempts to access it. + xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, &ucParameterToPass, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle ); + + // Use the handle to delete the task. + vTaskDelete( xHandle ); + } + </pre> + * \defgroup xTaskCreate xTaskCreate + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define xTaskCreate( pvTaskCode, pcName, usStackDepth, pvParameters, uxPriority, pxCreatedTask ) xTaskGenericCreate( ( pvTaskCode ), ( pcName ), ( usStackDepth ), ( pvParameters ), ( uxPriority ), ( pxCreatedTask ), ( NULL ), ( NULL ) ) + +/** + * task. h + *<pre> + portBASE_TYPE xTaskCreateRestricted( xTaskParameters *pxTaskDefinition, xTaskHandle *pxCreatedTask );</pre> + * + * xTaskCreateRestricted() should only be used in systems that include an MPU + * implementation. + * + * Create a new task and add it to the list of tasks that are ready to run. + * The function parameters define the memory regions and associated access + * permissions allocated to the task. + * + * @param pxTaskDefinition Pointer to a structure that contains a member + * for each of the normal xTaskCreate() parameters (see the xTaskCreate() API + * documentation) plus an optional stack buffer and the memory region + * definitions. + * + * @param pxCreatedTask Used to pass back a handle by which the created task + * can be referenced. + * + * @return pdPASS if the task was successfully created and added to a ready + * list, otherwise an error code defined in the file errors. h + * + * Example usage: + <pre> +// Create an xTaskParameters structure that defines the task to be created. +static const xTaskParameters xCheckTaskParameters = +{ + vATask, // pvTaskCode - the function that implements the task. + "ATask", // pcName - just a text name for the task to assist debugging. + 100, // usStackDepth - the stack size DEFINED IN WORDS. + NULL, // pvParameters - passed into the task function as the function parameters. + ( 1UL | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ),// uxPriority - task priority, set the portPRIVILEGE_BIT if the task should run in a privileged state. + cStackBuffer,// puxStackBuffer - the buffer to be used as the task stack. + + // xRegions - Allocate up to three separate memory regions for access by + // the task, with appropriate access permissions. Different processors have + // different memory alignment requirements - refer to the FreeRTOS documentation + // for full information. + { + // Base address Length Parameters + { cReadWriteArray, 32, portMPU_REGION_READ_WRITE }, + { cReadOnlyArray, 32, portMPU_REGION_READ_ONLY }, + { cPrivilegedOnlyAccessArray, 128, portMPU_REGION_PRIVILEGED_READ_WRITE } + } +}; + +int main( void ) +{ +xTaskHandle xHandle; + + // Create a task from the const structure defined above. The task handle + // is requested (the second parameter is not NULL) but in this case just for + // demonstration purposes as its not actually used. + xTaskCreateRestricted( &xRegTest1Parameters, &xHandle ); + + // Start the scheduler. + vTaskStartScheduler(); + + // Will only get here if there was insufficient memory to create the idle + // task. + for( ;; ); +} + </pre> + * \defgroup xTaskCreateRestricted xTaskCreateRestricted + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define xTaskCreateRestricted( x, pxCreatedTask ) xTaskGenericCreate( ((x)->pvTaskCode), ((x)->pcName), ((x)->usStackDepth), ((x)->pvParameters), ((x)->uxPriority), (pxCreatedTask), ((x)->puxStackBuffer), ((x)->xRegions) ) + +/** + * task. h + *<pre> + void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( xTaskHandle xTask, const xMemoryRegion * const pxRegions );</pre> + * + * Memory regions are assigned to a restricted task when the task is created by + * a call to xTaskCreateRestricted(). These regions can be redefined using + * vTaskAllocateMPURegions(). + * + * @param xTask The handle of the task being updated. + * + * @param xRegions A pointer to an xMemoryRegion structure that contains the + * new memory region definitions. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> +// Define an array of xMemoryRegion structures that configures an MPU region +// allowing read/write access for 1024 bytes starting at the beginning of the +// ucOneKByte array. The other two of the maximum 3 definable regions are +// unused so set to zero. +static const xMemoryRegion xAltRegions[ portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS ] = +{ + // Base address Length Parameters + { ucOneKByte, 1024, portMPU_REGION_READ_WRITE }, + { 0, 0, 0 }, + { 0, 0, 0 } +}; + +void vATask( void *pvParameters ) +{ + // This task was created such that it has access to certain regions of + // memory as defined by the MPU configuration. At some point it is + // desired that these MPU regions are replaced with that defined in the + // xAltRegions const struct above. Use a call to vTaskAllocateMPURegions() + // for this purpose. NULL is used as the task handle to indicate that this + // function should modify the MPU regions of the calling task. + vTaskAllocateMPURegions( NULL, xAltRegions ); + + // Now the task can continue its function, but from this point on can only + // access its stack and the ucOneKByte array (unless any other statically + // defined or shared regions have been declared elsewhere). +} + </pre> + * \defgroup xTaskCreateRestricted xTaskCreateRestricted + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( xTaskHandle xTask, const xMemoryRegion * const pxRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * <pre>void vTaskDelete( xTaskHandle pxTask );</pre> + * + * INCLUDE_vTaskDelete must be defined as 1 for this function to be available. + * See the configuration section for more information. + * + * Remove a task from the RTOS real time kernels management. The task being + * deleted will be removed from all ready, blocked, suspended and event lists. + * + * NOTE: The idle task is responsible for freeing the kernel allocated + * memory from tasks that have been deleted. It is therefore important that + * the idle task is not starved of microcontroller processing time if your + * application makes any calls to vTaskDelete (). Memory allocated by the + * task code is not automatically freed, and should be freed before the task + * is deleted. + * + * See the demo application file death.c for sample code that utilises + * vTaskDelete (). + * + * @param pxTask The handle of the task to be deleted. Passing NULL will + * cause the calling task to be deleted. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + void vOtherFunction( void ) + { + xTaskHandle xHandle; + + // Create the task, storing the handle. + xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle ); + + // Use the handle to delete the task. + vTaskDelete( xHandle ); + } + </pre> + * \defgroup vTaskDelete vTaskDelete + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +void vTaskDelete( xTaskHandle pxTaskToDelete ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * TASK CONTROL API + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * task. h + * <pre>void vTaskDelay( portTickType xTicksToDelay );</pre> + * + * Delay a task for a given number of ticks. The actual time that the + * task remains blocked depends on the tick rate. The constant + * portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to calculate real time from the tick + * rate - with the resolution of one tick period. + * + * INCLUDE_vTaskDelay must be defined as 1 for this function to be available. + * See the configuration section for more information. + * + * + * vTaskDelay() specifies a time at which the task wishes to unblock relative to + * the time at which vTaskDelay() is called. For example, specifying a block + * period of 100 ticks will cause the task to unblock 100 ticks after + * vTaskDelay() is called. vTaskDelay() does not therefore provide a good method + * of controlling the frequency of a cyclical task as the path taken through the + * code, as well as other task and interrupt activity, will effect the frequency + * at which vTaskDelay() gets called and therefore the time at which the task + * next executes. See vTaskDelayUntil() for an alternative API function designed + * to facilitate fixed frequency execution. It does this by specifying an + * absolute time (rather than a relative time) at which the calling task should + * unblock. + * + * @param xTicksToDelay The amount of time, in tick periods, that + * the calling task should block. + * + * Example usage: + + void vTaskFunction( void * pvParameters ) + { + void vTaskFunction( void * pvParameters ) + { + // Block for 500ms. + const portTickType xDelay = 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS; + + for( ;; ) + { + // Simply toggle the LED every 500ms, blocking between each toggle. + vToggleLED(); + vTaskDelay( xDelay ); + } + } + + * \defgroup vTaskDelay vTaskDelay + * \ingroup TaskCtrl + */ +void vTaskDelay( portTickType xTicksToDelay ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * <pre>void vTaskDelayUntil( portTickType *pxPreviousWakeTime, portTickType xTimeIncrement );</pre> + * + * INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil must be defined as 1 for this function to be available. + * See the configuration section for more information. + * + * Delay a task until a specified time. This function can be used by cyclical + * tasks to ensure a constant execution frequency. + * + * This function differs from vTaskDelay () in one important aspect: vTaskDelay () will + * cause a task to block for the specified number of ticks from the time vTaskDelay () is + * called. It is therefore difficult to use vTaskDelay () by itself to generate a fixed + * execution frequency as the time between a task starting to execute and that task + * calling vTaskDelay () may not be fixed [the task may take a different path though the + * code between calls, or may get interrupted or preempted a different number of times + * each time it executes]. + * + * Whereas vTaskDelay () specifies a wake time relative to the time at which the function + * is called, vTaskDelayUntil () specifies the absolute (exact) time at which it wishes to + * unblock. + * + * The constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to calculate real time from the tick + * rate - with the resolution of one tick period. + * + * @param pxPreviousWakeTime Pointer to a variable that holds the time at which the + * task was last unblocked. The variable must be initialised with the current time + * prior to its first use (see the example below). Following this the variable is + * automatically updated within vTaskDelayUntil (). + * + * @param xTimeIncrement The cycle time period. The task will be unblocked at + * time *pxPreviousWakeTime + xTimeIncrement. Calling vTaskDelayUntil with the + * same xTimeIncrement parameter value will cause the task to execute with + * a fixed interface period. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + // Perform an action every 10 ticks. + void vTaskFunction( void * pvParameters ) + { + portTickType xLastWakeTime; + const portTickType xFrequency = 10; + + // Initialise the xLastWakeTime variable with the current time. + xLastWakeTime = xTaskGetTickCount (); + for( ;; ) + { + // Wait for the next cycle. + vTaskDelayUntil( &xLastWakeTime, xFrequency ); + + // Perform action here. + } + } + </pre> + * \defgroup vTaskDelayUntil vTaskDelayUntil + * \ingroup TaskCtrl + */ +void vTaskDelayUntil( portTickType * const pxPreviousWakeTime, portTickType xTimeIncrement ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * <pre>unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskPriorityGet( xTaskHandle pxTask );</pre> + * + * INCLUDE_xTaskPriorityGet must be defined as 1 for this function to be available. + * See the configuration section for more information. + * + * Obtain the priority of any task. + * + * @param pxTask Handle of the task to be queried. Passing a NULL + * handle results in the priority of the calling task being returned. + * + * @return The priority of pxTask. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + void vAFunction( void ) + { + xTaskHandle xHandle; + + // Create a task, storing the handle. + xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle ); + + // ... + + // Use the handle to obtain the priority of the created task. + // It was created with tskIDLE_PRIORITY, but may have changed + // it itself. + if( uxTaskPriorityGet( xHandle ) != tskIDLE_PRIORITY ) + { + // The task has changed it's priority. + } + + // ... + + // Is our priority higher than the created task? + if( uxTaskPriorityGet( xHandle ) < uxTaskPriorityGet( NULL ) ) + { + // Our priority (obtained using NULL handle) is higher. + } + } + </pre> + * \defgroup uxTaskPriorityGet uxTaskPriorityGet + * \ingroup TaskCtrl + */ +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskPriorityGet( xTaskHandle pxTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * <pre>void vTaskPrioritySet( xTaskHandle pxTask, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNewPriority );</pre> + * + * INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet must be defined as 1 for this function to be available. + * See the configuration section for more information. + * + * Set the priority of any task. + * + * A context switch will occur before the function returns if the priority + * being set is higher than the currently executing task. + * + * @param pxTask Handle to the task for which the priority is being set. + * Passing a NULL handle results in the priority of the calling task being set. + * + * @param uxNewPriority The priority to which the task will be set. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + void vAFunction( void ) + { + xTaskHandle xHandle; + + // Create a task, storing the handle. + xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle ); + + // ... + + // Use the handle to raise the priority of the created task. + vTaskPrioritySet( xHandle, tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 1 ); + + // ... + + // Use a NULL handle to raise our priority to the same value. + vTaskPrioritySet( NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 1 ); + } + </pre> + * \defgroup vTaskPrioritySet vTaskPrioritySet + * \ingroup TaskCtrl + */ +void vTaskPrioritySet( xTaskHandle pxTask, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNewPriority ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * <pre>void vTaskSuspend( xTaskHandle pxTaskToSuspend );</pre> + * + * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be defined as 1 for this function to be available. + * See the configuration section for more information. + * + * Suspend any task. When suspended a task will never get any microcontroller + * processing time, no matter what its priority. + * + * Calls to vTaskSuspend are not accumulative - + * i.e. calling vTaskSuspend () twice on the same task still only requires one + * call to vTaskResume () to ready the suspended task. + * + * @param pxTaskToSuspend Handle to the task being suspended. Passing a NULL + * handle will cause the calling task to be suspended. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + void vAFunction( void ) + { + xTaskHandle xHandle; + + // Create a task, storing the handle. + xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle ); + + // ... + + // Use the handle to suspend the created task. + vTaskSuspend( xHandle ); + + // ... + + // The created task will not run during this period, unless + // another task calls vTaskResume( xHandle ). + + //... + + + // Suspend ourselves. + vTaskSuspend( NULL ); + + // We cannot get here unless another task calls vTaskResume + // with our handle as the parameter. + } + </pre> + * \defgroup vTaskSuspend vTaskSuspend + * \ingroup TaskCtrl + */ +void vTaskSuspend( xTaskHandle pxTaskToSuspend ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * <pre>void vTaskResume( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume );</pre> + * + * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be defined as 1 for this function to be available. + * See the configuration section for more information. + * + * Resumes a suspended task. + * + * A task that has been suspended by one of more calls to vTaskSuspend () + * will be made available for running again by a single call to + * vTaskResume (). + * + * @param pxTaskToResume Handle to the task being readied. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + void vAFunction( void ) + { + xTaskHandle xHandle; + + // Create a task, storing the handle. + xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle ); + + // ... + + // Use the handle to suspend the created task. + vTaskSuspend( xHandle ); + + // ... + + // The created task will not run during this period, unless + // another task calls vTaskResume( xHandle ). + + //... + + + // Resume the suspended task ourselves. + vTaskResume( xHandle ); + + // The created task will once again get microcontroller processing + // time in accordance with it priority within the system. + } + </pre> + * \defgroup vTaskResume vTaskResume + * \ingroup TaskCtrl + */ +void vTaskResume( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * <pre>void xTaskResumeFromISR( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume );</pre> + * + * INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR must be defined as 1 for this function to be + * available. See the configuration section for more information. + * + * An implementation of vTaskResume() that can be called from within an ISR. + * + * A task that has been suspended by one of more calls to vTaskSuspend () + * will be made available for running again by a single call to + * xTaskResumeFromISR (). + * + * @param pxTaskToResume Handle to the task being readied. + * + * \defgroup vTaskResumeFromISR vTaskResumeFromISR + * \ingroup TaskCtrl + */ +portBASE_TYPE xTaskResumeFromISR( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * SCHEDULER CONTROL + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * task. h + * <pre>void vTaskStartScheduler( void );</pre> + * + * Starts the real time kernel tick processing. After calling the kernel + * has control over which tasks are executed and when. This function + * does not return until an executing task calls vTaskEndScheduler (). + * + * At least one task should be created via a call to xTaskCreate () + * before calling vTaskStartScheduler (). The idle task is created + * automatically when the first application task is created. + * + * See the demo application file main.c for an example of creating + * tasks and starting the kernel. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + void vAFunction( void ) + { + // Create at least one task before starting the kernel. + xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, NULL ); + + // Start the real time kernel with preemption. + vTaskStartScheduler (); + + // Will not get here unless a task calls vTaskEndScheduler () + } + </pre> + * + * \defgroup vTaskStartScheduler vTaskStartScheduler + * \ingroup SchedulerControl + */ +void vTaskStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * <pre>void vTaskEndScheduler( void );</pre> + * + * Stops the real time kernel tick. All created tasks will be automatically + * deleted and multitasking (either preemptive or cooperative) will + * stop. Execution then resumes from the point where vTaskStartScheduler () + * was called, as if vTaskStartScheduler () had just returned. + * + * See the demo application file main. c in the demo/PC directory for an + * example that uses vTaskEndScheduler (). + * + * vTaskEndScheduler () requires an exit function to be defined within the + * portable layer (see vPortEndScheduler () in port. c for the PC port). This + * performs hardware specific operations such as stopping the kernel tick. + * + * vTaskEndScheduler () will cause all of the resources allocated by the + * kernel to be freed - but will not free resources allocated by application + * tasks. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + void vTaskCode( void * pvParameters ) + { + for( ;; ) + { + // Task code goes here. + + // At some point we want to end the real time kernel processing + // so call ... + vTaskEndScheduler (); + } + } + + void vAFunction( void ) + { + // Create at least one task before starting the kernel. + xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, NULL ); + + // Start the real time kernel with preemption. + vTaskStartScheduler (); + + // Will only get here when the vTaskCode () task has called + // vTaskEndScheduler (). When we get here we are back to single task + // execution. + } + </pre> + * + * \defgroup vTaskEndScheduler vTaskEndScheduler + * \ingroup SchedulerControl + */ +void vTaskEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * <pre>void vTaskSuspendAll( void );</pre> + * + * Suspends all real time kernel activity while keeping interrupts (including the + * kernel tick) enabled. + * + * After calling vTaskSuspendAll () the calling task will continue to execute + * without risk of being swapped out until a call to xTaskResumeAll () has been + * made. + * + * API functions that have the potential to cause a context switch (for example, + * vTaskDelayUntil(), xQueueSend(), etc.) must not be called while the scheduler + * is suspended. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + void vTask1( void * pvParameters ) + { + for( ;; ) + { + // Task code goes here. + + // ... + + // At some point the task wants to perform a long operation during + // which it does not want to get swapped out. It cannot use + // taskENTER_CRITICAL ()/taskEXIT_CRITICAL () as the length of the + // operation may cause interrupts to be missed - including the + // ticks. + + // Prevent the real time kernel swapping out the task. + vTaskSuspendAll (); + + // Perform the operation here. There is no need to use critical + // sections as we have all the microcontroller processing time. + // During this time interrupts will still operate and the kernel + // tick count will be maintained. + + // ... + + // The operation is complete. Restart the kernel. + xTaskResumeAll (); + } + } + </pre> + * \defgroup vTaskSuspendAll vTaskSuspendAll + * \ingroup SchedulerControl + */ +void vTaskSuspendAll( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * <pre>char xTaskResumeAll( void );</pre> + * + * Resumes real time kernel activity following a call to vTaskSuspendAll (). + * After a call to vTaskSuspendAll () the kernel will take control of which + * task is executing at any time. + * + * @return If resuming the scheduler caused a context switch then pdTRUE is + * returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned. + * + * Example usage: + <pre> + void vTask1( void * pvParameters ) + { + for( ;; ) + { + // Task code goes here. + + // ... + + // At some point the task wants to perform a long operation during + // which it does not want to get swapped out. It cannot use + // taskENTER_CRITICAL ()/taskEXIT_CRITICAL () as the length of the + // operation may cause interrupts to be missed - including the + // ticks. + + // Prevent the real time kernel swapping out the task. + vTaskSuspendAll (); + + // Perform the operation here. There is no need to use critical + // sections as we have all the microcontroller processing time. + // During this time interrupts will still operate and the real + // time kernel tick count will be maintained. + + // ... + + // The operation is complete. Restart the kernel. We want to force + // a context switch - but there is no point if resuming the scheduler + // caused a context switch already. + if( !xTaskResumeAll () ) + { + taskYIELD (); + } + } + } + </pre> + * \defgroup xTaskResumeAll xTaskResumeAll + * \ingroup SchedulerControl + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskResumeAll( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * <pre>signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskIsTaskSuspended( xTaskHandle xTask );</pre> + * + * Utility task that simply returns pdTRUE if the task referenced by xTask is + * currently in the Suspended state, or pdFALSE if the task referenced by xTask + * is in any other state. + * + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskIsTaskSuspended( xTaskHandle xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * TASK UTILITIES + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * task. h + * <PRE>portTickType xTaskGetTickCount( void );</PRE> + * + * @return The count of ticks since vTaskStartScheduler was called. + * + * \page xTaskGetTickCount xTaskGetTickCount + * \ingroup TaskUtils + */ +portTickType xTaskGetTickCount( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * <PRE>portTickType xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void );</PRE> + * + * @return The count of ticks since vTaskStartScheduler was called. + * + * This is a version of xTaskGetTickCount() that is safe to be called from an + * ISR - provided that portTickType is the natural word size of the + * microcontroller being used or interrupt nesting is either not supported or + * not being used. + * + * \page xTaskGetTickCount xTaskGetTickCount + * \ingroup TaskUtils + */ +portTickType xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * <PRE>unsigned short uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void );</PRE> + * + * @return The number of tasks that the real time kernel is currently managing. + * This includes all ready, blocked and suspended tasks. A task that + * has been deleted but not yet freed by the idle task will also be + * included in the count. + * + * \page uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks + * \ingroup TaskUtils + */ +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * <PRE>void vTaskList( char *pcWriteBuffer );</PRE> + * + * configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY must be defined as 1 for this function to be + * available. See the configuration section for more information. + * + * NOTE: This function will disable interrupts for its duration. It is + * not intended for normal application runtime use but as a debug aid. + * + * Lists all the current tasks, along with their current state and stack + * usage high water mark. + * + * Tasks are reported as blocked ('B'), ready ('R'), deleted ('D') or + * suspended ('S'). + * + * @param pcWriteBuffer A buffer into which the above mentioned details + * will be written, in ascii form. This buffer is assumed to be large + * enough to contain the generated report. Approximately 40 bytes per + * task should be sufficient. + * + * \page vTaskList vTaskList + * \ingroup TaskUtils + */ +void vTaskList( signed char *pcWriteBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * <PRE>void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char *pcWriteBuffer );</PRE> + * + * configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS must be defined as 1 for this function + * to be available. The application must also then provide definitions + * for portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() and + * portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE to configure a peripheral timer/counter + * and return the timers current count value respectively. The counter + * should be at least 10 times the frequency of the tick count. + * + * NOTE: This function will disable interrupts for its duration. It is + * not intended for normal application runtime use but as a debug aid. + * + * Setting configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS to 1 will result in a total + * accumulated execution time being stored for each task. The resolution + * of the accumulated time value depends on the frequency of the timer + * configured by the portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() macro. + * Calling vTaskGetRunTimeStats() writes the total execution time of each + * task into a buffer, both as an absolute count value and as a percentage + * of the total system execution time. + * + * @param pcWriteBuffer A buffer into which the execution times will be + * written, in ascii form. This buffer is assumed to be large enough to + * contain the generated report. Approximately 40 bytes per task should + * be sufficient. + * + * \page vTaskGetRunTimeStats vTaskGetRunTimeStats + * \ingroup TaskUtils + */ +void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( signed char *pcWriteBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * <PRE>void vTaskStartTrace( char * pcBuffer, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxBufferSize );</PRE> + * + * Starts a real time kernel activity trace. The trace logs the identity of + * which task is running when. + * + * The trace file is stored in binary format. A separate DOS utility called + * convtrce.exe is used to convert this into a tab delimited text file which + * can be viewed and plotted in a spread sheet. + * + * @param pcBuffer The buffer into which the trace will be written. + * + * @param ulBufferSize The size of pcBuffer in bytes. The trace will continue + * until either the buffer in full, or ulTaskEndTrace () is called. + * + * \page vTaskStartTrace vTaskStartTrace + * \ingroup TaskUtils + */ +void vTaskStartTrace( signed char * pcBuffer, unsigned long ulBufferSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * <PRE>unsigned long ulTaskEndTrace( void );</PRE> + * + * Stops a kernel activity trace. See vTaskStartTrace (). + * + * @return The number of bytes that have been written into the trace buffer. + * + * \page usTaskEndTrace usTaskEndTrace + * \ingroup TaskUtils + */ +unsigned long ulTaskEndTrace( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task.h + * <PRE>unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( xTaskHandle xTask );</PRE> + * + * INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for + * this function to be available. + * + * Returns the high water mark of the stack associated with xTask. That is, + * the minimum free stack space there has been (in words, so on a 32 bit machine + * a value of 1 means 4 bytes) since the task started. The smaller the returned + * number the closer the task has come to overflowing its stack. + * + * @param xTask Handle of the task associated with the stack to be checked. + * Set xTask to NULL to check the stack of the calling task. + * + * @return The smallest amount of free stack space there has been (in bytes) + * since the task referenced by xTask was created. + */ +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( xTaskHandle xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* When using trace macros it is sometimes necessary to include tasks.h before +FreeRTOS.h. When this is done pdTASK_HOOK_CODE will not yet have been defined, +so the following two prototypes will cause a compilation error. This can be +fixed by simply guarding against the inclusion of these two prototypes unless +they are explicitly required by the configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG configuration +constant. */ +#ifdef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG + #if configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 + /** + * task.h + * <pre>void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask, pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxHookFunction );</pre> + * + * Sets pxHookFunction to be the task hook function used by the task xTask. + * Passing xTask as NULL has the effect of setting the calling tasks hook + * function. + */ + void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask, pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxHookFunction ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + + /** + * task.h + * <pre>void xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask );</pre> + * + * Returns the pxHookFunction value assigned to the task xTask. + */ + pdTASK_HOOK_CODE xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + #endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG ==1 */ +#endif /* ifdef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */ + +/** + * task.h + * <pre>portBASE_TYPE xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( xTaskHandle xTask, pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxHookFunction );</pre> + * + * Calls the hook function associated with xTask. Passing xTask as NULL has + * the effect of calling the Running tasks (the calling task) hook function. + * + * pvParameter is passed to the hook function for the task to interpret as it + * wants. + */ +portBASE_TYPE xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( xTaskHandle xTask, void *pvParameter ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * SCHEDULER INTERNALS AVAILABLE FOR PORTING PURPOSES + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS ONLY + * INTENDED FOR USE WHEN IMPLEMENTING A PORT OF THE SCHEDULER AND IS + * AN INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER. + * + * Called from the real time kernel tick (either preemptive or cooperative), + * this increments the tick count and checks if any tasks that are blocked + * for a finite period required removing from a blocked list and placing on + * a ready list. + */ +void vTaskIncrementTick( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS AN + * INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER. + * + * THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED. + * + * Removes the calling task from the ready list and places it both + * on the list of tasks waiting for a particular event, and the + * list of delayed tasks. The task will be removed from both lists + * and replaced on the ready list should either the event occur (and + * there be no higher priority tasks waiting on the same event) or + * the delay period expires. + * + * @param pxEventList The list containing tasks that are blocked waiting + * for the event to occur. + * + * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time that the task should wait + * for the event to occur. This is specified in kernel ticks,the constant + * portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert kernel ticks into a real time + * period. + */ +void vTaskPlaceOnEventList( const xList * const pxEventList, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS AN + * INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER. + * + * THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED. + * + * This function performs nearly the same function as vTaskPlaceOnEventList(). + * The difference being that this function does not permit tasks to block + * indefinitely, whereas vTaskPlaceOnEventList() does. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the task being removed has a higher priority than the task + * making the call, otherwise pdFALSE. + */ +void vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( const xList * const pxEventList, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS AN + * INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER. + * + * THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED. + * + * Removes a task from both the specified event list and the list of blocked + * tasks, and places it on a ready queue. + * + * xTaskRemoveFromEventList () will be called if either an event occurs to + * unblock a task, or the block timeout period expires. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the task being removed has a higher priority than the task + * making the call, otherwise pdFALSE. + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskRemoveFromEventList( const xList * const pxEventList ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS AN + * INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER. + * + * INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources and INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be defined as 1 + * for this function to be available. + * See the configuration section for more information. + * + * Empties the ready and delayed queues of task control blocks, freeing the + * memory allocated for the task control block and task stacks as it goes. + */ +void vTaskCleanUpResources( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS ONLY + * INTENDED FOR USE WHEN IMPLEMENTING A PORT OF THE SCHEDULER AND IS + * AN INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER. + * + * Sets the pointer to the current TCB to the TCB of the highest priority task + * that is ready to run. + */ +void vTaskSwitchContext( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Return the handle of the calling task. + */ +xTaskHandle xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Capture the current time status for future reference. + */ +void vTaskSetTimeOutState( xTimeOutType * const pxTimeOut ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Compare the time status now with that previously captured to see if the + * timeout has expired. + */ +portBASE_TYPE xTaskCheckForTimeOut( xTimeOutType * const pxTimeOut, portTickType * const pxTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Shortcut used by the queue implementation to prevent unnecessary call to + * taskYIELD(); + */ +void vTaskMissedYield( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Returns the scheduler state as taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING, + * taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED or taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED. + */ +portBASE_TYPE xTaskGetSchedulerState( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Raises the priority of the mutex holder to that of the calling task should + * the mutex holder have a priority less than the calling task. + */ +void vTaskPriorityInherit( xTaskHandle * const pxMutexHolder ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Set the priority of a task back to its proper priority in the case that it + * inherited a higher priority while it was holding a semaphore. + */ +void vTaskPriorityDisinherit( xTaskHandle * const pxMutexHolder ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Generic version of the task creation function which is in turn called by the + * xTaskCreate() and xTaskCreateRestricted() macros. + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskGenericCreate( pdTASK_CODE pxTaskCode, const signed char * const pcName, unsigned short usStackDepth, void *pvParameters, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, xTaskHandle *pxCreatedTask, portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif /* TASK_H */ + + + diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/tasks.c b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/tasks.c new file mode 100755 index 0000000..d48dd4d --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/tasks.c @@ -0,0 +1,2522 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + + FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: + Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development + tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. + See http://www.atollic.com + + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * + * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * + * available. * + * * + * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * + * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * + * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * + * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * + * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * + * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * + * * + * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * + * * + * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. + >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to + distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to + provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY + or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it + can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained + by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the + FreeRTOS WEB site. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and + contact details. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety + critical systems. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, + licensing and training services. +*/ + + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining +all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when +task.h is included from an application file. */ +#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE + +#include "FreeRTOS.h" +#include "task.h" +#include "timers.h" +#include "StackMacros.h" + +#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE + +/* + * Macro to define the amount of stack available to the idle task. + */ +#define tskIDLE_STACK_SIZE configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE + +/* + * Task control block. A task control block (TCB) is allocated to each task, + * and stores the context of the task. + */ +typedef struct tskTaskControlBlock +{ + volatile portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack; /*< Points to the location of the last item placed on the tasks stack. THIS MUST BE THE FIRST MEMBER OF THE STRUCT. */ + + #if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) + xMPU_SETTINGS xMPUSettings; /*< The MPU settings are defined as part of the port layer. THIS MUST BE THE SECOND MEMBER OF THE STRUCT. */ + #endif + + xListItem xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the TCB in ready and blocked queues. */ + xListItem xEventListItem; /*< List item used to place the TCB in event lists. */ + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority; /*< The priority of the task where 0 is the lowest priority. */ + portSTACK_TYPE *pxStack; /*< Points to the start of the stack. */ + signed char pcTaskName[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ];/*< Descriptive name given to the task when created. Facilitates debugging only. */ + + #if ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) + portSTACK_TYPE *pxEndOfStack; /*< Used for stack overflow checking on architectures where the stack grows up from low memory. */ + #endif + + #if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 ) + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCriticalNesting; + #endif + + #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTCBNumber; /*< This is used for tracing the scheduler and making debugging easier only. */ + #endif + + #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxBasePriority; /*< The priority last assigned to the task - used by the priority inheritance mechanism. */ + #endif + + #if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 ) + pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxTaskTag; + #endif + + #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) + unsigned long ulRunTimeCounter; /*< Used for calculating how much CPU time each task is utilising. */ + #endif + +} tskTCB; + + +/* + * Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather + * than file scope. + */ +#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER + #define static +#endif + +/*lint -e956 */ +PRIVILEGED_DATA tskTCB * volatile pxCurrentTCB = NULL; + +/* Lists for ready and blocked tasks. --------------------*/ + +PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList pxReadyTasksLists[ configMAX_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready tasks. */ +PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xDelayedTaskList1; /*< Delayed tasks. */ +PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xDelayedTaskList2; /*< Delayed tasks (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */ +PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList * volatile pxDelayedTaskList ; /*< Points to the delayed task list currently being used. */ +PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList * volatile pxOverflowDelayedTaskList; /*< Points to the delayed task list currently being used to hold tasks that have overflowed the current tick count. */ +PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xPendingReadyList; /*< Tasks that have been readied while the scheduler was suspended. They will be moved to the ready queue when the scheduler is resumed. */ + +#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) + + PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile xList xTasksWaitingTermination; /*< Tasks that have been deleted - but the their memory not yet freed. */ + PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTasksDeleted = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0; + +#endif + +#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) + + PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xSuspendedTaskList; /*< Tasks that are currently suspended. */ + +#endif + +/* File private variables. --------------------------------*/ +PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCurrentNumberOfTasks = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0; +PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile portTickType xTickCount = ( portTickType ) 0; +PRIVILEGED_DATA static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTopUsedPriority = tskIDLE_PRIORITY; +PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTopReadyPriority = tskIDLE_PRIORITY; +PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile signed portBASE_TYPE xSchedulerRunning = pdFALSE; +PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxSchedulerSuspended = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE; +PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxMissedTicks = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0; +PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile portBASE_TYPE xMissedYield = ( portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE; +PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile portBASE_TYPE xNumOfOverflows = ( portBASE_TYPE ) 0; +PRIVILEGED_DATA static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskNumber = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0; +PRIVILEGED_DATA static portTickType xNextTaskUnblockTime = ( portTickType ) portMAX_DELAY; + +#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) + + PRIVILEGED_DATA static char pcStatsString[ 50 ] ; + PRIVILEGED_DATA static unsigned long ulTaskSwitchedInTime = 0UL; /*< Holds the value of a timer/counter the last time a task was switched in. */ + static void prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( const signed char *pcWriteBuffer, xList *pxList, unsigned long ulTotalRunTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +#endif + +/* Debugging and trace facilities private variables and macros. ------------*/ + +/* + * The value used to fill the stack of a task when the task is created. This + * is used purely for checking the high water mark for tasks. + */ +#define tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE ( 0xa5U ) + +/* + * Macros used by vListTask to indicate which state a task is in. + */ +#define tskBLOCKED_CHAR ( ( signed char ) 'B' ) +#define tskREADY_CHAR ( ( signed char ) 'R' ) +#define tskDELETED_CHAR ( ( signed char ) 'D' ) +#define tskSUSPENDED_CHAR ( ( signed char ) 'S' ) + +/* + * Macros and private variables used by the trace facility. + */ +#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + + #define tskSIZE_OF_EACH_TRACE_LINE ( ( unsigned long ) ( sizeof( unsigned long ) + sizeof( unsigned long ) ) ) + PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile signed char * volatile pcTraceBuffer; + PRIVILEGED_DATA static signed char *pcTraceBufferStart; + PRIVILEGED_DATA static signed char *pcTraceBufferEnd; + PRIVILEGED_DATA static signed portBASE_TYPE xTracing = pdFALSE; + static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPreviousTask = 255U; + PRIVILEGED_DATA static char pcStatusString[ 50 ]; + +#endif + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * Macro that writes a trace of scheduler activity to a buffer. This trace + * shows which task is running when and is very useful as a debugging tool. + * As this macro is called each context switch it is a good idea to undefine + * it if not using the facility. + */ +#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + + #define vWriteTraceToBuffer() \ + { \ + if( xTracing ) \ + { \ + if( uxPreviousTask != pxCurrentTCB->uxTCBNumber ) \ + { \ + if( ( pcTraceBuffer + tskSIZE_OF_EACH_TRACE_LINE ) < pcTraceBufferEnd ) \ + { \ + uxPreviousTask = pxCurrentTCB->uxTCBNumber; \ + *( unsigned long * ) pcTraceBuffer = ( unsigned long ) xTickCount; \ + pcTraceBuffer += sizeof( unsigned long ); \ + *( unsigned long * ) pcTraceBuffer = ( unsigned long ) uxPreviousTask; \ + pcTraceBuffer += sizeof( unsigned long ); \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + xTracing = pdFALSE; \ + } \ + } \ + } \ + } + +#else + + #define vWriteTraceToBuffer() + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * Place the task represented by pxTCB into the appropriate ready queue for + * the task. It is inserted at the end of the list. One quirk of this is + * that if the task being inserted is at the same priority as the currently + * executing task, then it will only be rescheduled after the currently + * executing task has been rescheduled. + */ +#define prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB ) \ + if( ( pxTCB )->uxPriority > uxTopReadyPriority ) \ + { \ + uxTopReadyPriority = ( pxTCB )->uxPriority; \ + } \ + vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ ( pxTCB )->uxPriority ] ), &( ( pxTCB )->xGenericListItem ) ) +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * Macro that looks at the list of tasks that are currently delayed to see if + * any require waking. + * + * Tasks are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time - meaning + * once one tasks has been found whose timer has not expired we need not look + * any further down the list. + */ +#define prvCheckDelayedTasks() \ +{ \ +portTickType xItemValue; \ + \ + /* Is the tick count greater than or equal to the wake time of the first \ + task referenced from the delayed tasks list? */ \ + if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) \ + { \ + for( ;; ) \ + { \ + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) != pdFALSE ) \ + { \ + /* The delayed list is empty. Set xNextTaskUnblockTime to the \ + maximum possible value so it is extremely unlikely that the \ + if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) test will pass next \ + time through. */ \ + xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY; \ + break; \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + /* The delayed list is not empty, get the value of the item at \ + the head of the delayed list. This is the time at which the \ + task at the head of the delayed list should be removed from \ + the Blocked state. */ \ + pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedTaskList ); \ + xItemValue = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \ + \ + if( xTickCount < xItemValue ) \ + { \ + /* It is not time to unblock this item yet, but the item \ + value is the time at which the task at the head of the \ + blocked list should be removed from the Blocked state - \ + so record the item value in xNextTaskUnblockTime. */ \ + xNextTaskUnblockTime = xItemValue; \ + break; \ + } \ + \ + /* It is time to remove the item from the Blocked state. */ \ + vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \ + \ + /* Is the task waiting on an event also? */ \ + if( pxTCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer ) \ + { \ + vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ); \ + } \ + prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB ); \ + } \ + } \ + } \ +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * Several functions take an xTaskHandle parameter that can optionally be NULL, + * where NULL is used to indicate that the handle of the currently executing + * task should be used in place of the parameter. This macro simply checks to + * see if the parameter is NULL and returns a pointer to the appropriate TCB. + */ +#define prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxHandle ) ( ( ( pxHandle ) == NULL ) ? ( tskTCB * ) pxCurrentTCB : ( tskTCB * ) ( pxHandle ) ) + +/* Callback function prototypes. --------------------------*/ +extern void vApplicationStackOverflowHook( xTaskHandle *pxTask, signed char *pcTaskName ); +extern void vApplicationTickHook( void ); + +/* File private functions. --------------------------------*/ + +/* + * Utility to ready a TCB for a given task. Mainly just copies the parameters + * into the TCB structure. + */ +static void prvInitialiseTCBVariables( tskTCB *pxTCB, const signed char * const pcName, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions, unsigned short usStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called + * automatically upon the creation of the first task. + */ +static void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * The idle task, which as all tasks is implemented as a never ending loop. + * The idle task is automatically created and added to the ready lists upon + * creation of the first user task. + * + * The portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO() macro is used to allow port/compiler specific + * language extensions. The equivalent prototype for this function is: + * + * void prvIdleTask( void *pvParameters ); + * + */ +static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( prvIdleTask, pvParameters ); + +/* + * Utility to free all memory allocated by the scheduler to hold a TCB, + * including the stack pointed to by the TCB. + * + * This does not free memory allocated by the task itself (i.e. memory + * allocated by calls to pvPortMalloc from within the tasks application code). + */ +#if ( ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources == 1 ) ) + + static void prvDeleteTCB( tskTCB *pxTCB ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +#endif + +/* + * Used only by the idle task. This checks to see if anything has been placed + * in the list of tasks waiting to be deleted. If so the task is cleaned up + * and its TCB deleted. + */ +static void prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * The currently executing task is entering the Blocked state. Add the task to + * either the current or the overflow delayed task list. + */ +static void prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( portTickType xTimeToWake ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Allocates memory from the heap for a TCB and associated stack. Checks the + * allocation was successful. + */ +static tskTCB *prvAllocateTCBAndStack( unsigned short usStackDepth, portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Called from vTaskList. vListTasks details all the tasks currently under + * control of the scheduler. The tasks may be in one of a number of lists. + * prvListTaskWithinSingleList accepts a list and details the tasks from + * within just that list. + * + * THIS FUNCTION IS INTENDED FOR DEBUGGING ONLY, AND SHOULD NOT BE CALLED FROM + * NORMAL APPLICATION CODE. + */ +#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + + static void prvListTaskWithinSingleList( const signed char *pcWriteBuffer, xList *pxList, signed char cStatus ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +#endif + +/* + * When a task is created, the stack of the task is filled with a known value. + * This function determines the 'high water mark' of the task stack by + * determining how much of the stack remains at the original preset value. + */ +#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) ) + + static unsigned short usTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( const unsigned char * pucStackByte ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +#endif + + +/*lint +e956 */ + + + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * TASK CREATION API documented in task.h + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskGenericCreate( pdTASK_CODE pxTaskCode, const signed char * const pcName, unsigned short usStackDepth, void *pvParameters, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, xTaskHandle *pxCreatedTask, portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions ) +{ +signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; +tskTCB * pxNewTCB; + + configASSERT( pxTaskCode ); + configASSERT( ( uxPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES ) ); + + /* Allocate the memory required by the TCB and stack for the new task, + checking that the allocation was successful. */ + pxNewTCB = prvAllocateTCBAndStack( usStackDepth, puxStackBuffer ); + + if( pxNewTCB != NULL ) + { + portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack; + + #if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) + /* Should the task be created in privileged mode? */ + portBASE_TYPE xRunPrivileged; + if( ( uxPriority & portPRIVILEGE_BIT ) != 0x00 ) + { + xRunPrivileged = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + xRunPrivileged = pdFALSE; + } + uxPriority &= ~portPRIVILEGE_BIT; + #endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 */ + + /* Calculate the top of stack address. This depends on whether the + stack grows from high memory to low (as per the 80x86) or visa versa. + portSTACK_GROWTH is used to make the result positive or negative as + required by the port. */ + #if( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) + { + pxTopOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack + ( usStackDepth - ( unsigned short ) 1 ); + pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE * ) ( ( ( unsigned long ) pxTopOfStack ) & ( ( unsigned long ) ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ); + + /* Check the alignment of the calculated top of stack is correct. */ + configASSERT( ( ( ( unsigned long ) pxTopOfStack & ( unsigned long ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) ); + } + #else + { + pxTopOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack; + + /* Check the alignment of the stack buffer is correct. */ + configASSERT( ( ( ( unsigned long ) pxNewTCB->pxStack & ( unsigned long ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) ); + + /* If we want to use stack checking on architectures that use + a positive stack growth direction then we also need to store the + other extreme of the stack space. */ + pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack + ( usStackDepth - 1 ); + } + #endif + + /* Setup the newly allocated TCB with the initial state of the task. */ + prvInitialiseTCBVariables( pxNewTCB, pcName, uxPriority, xRegions, usStackDepth ); + + /* Initialize the TCB stack to look as if the task was already running, + but had been interrupted by the scheduler. The return address is set + to the start of the task function. Once the stack has been initialised + the top of stack variable is updated. */ + #if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) + { + pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters, xRunPrivileged ); + } + #else + { + pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters ); + } + #endif + + /* Check the alignment of the initialised stack. */ + configASSERT( ( ( ( unsigned long ) pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack & ( unsigned long ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) ); + + if( ( void * ) pxCreatedTask != NULL ) + { + /* Pass the TCB out - in an anonymous way. The calling function/ + task can use this as a handle to delete the task later if + required.*/ + *pxCreatedTask = ( xTaskHandle ) pxNewTCB; + } + + /* We are going to manipulate the task queues to add this task to a + ready list, so must make sure no interrupts occur. */ + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + uxCurrentNumberOfTasks++; + if( pxCurrentTCB == NULL ) + { + /* There are no other tasks, or all the other tasks are in + the suspended state - make this the current task. */ + pxCurrentTCB = pxNewTCB; + + if( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1 ) + { + /* This is the first task to be created so do the preliminary + initialisation required. We will not recover if this call + fails, but we will report the failure. */ + prvInitialiseTaskLists(); + } + } + else + { + /* If the scheduler is not already running, make this task the + current task if it is the highest priority task to be created + so far. */ + if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE ) + { + if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority <= uxPriority ) + { + pxCurrentTCB = pxNewTCB; + } + } + } + + /* Remember the top priority to make context switching faster. Use + the priority in pxNewTCB as this has been capped to a valid value. */ + if( pxNewTCB->uxPriority > uxTopUsedPriority ) + { + uxTopUsedPriority = pxNewTCB->uxPriority; + } + + #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + { + /* Add a counter into the TCB for tracing only. */ + pxNewTCB->uxTCBNumber = uxTaskNumber; + } + #endif + uxTaskNumber++; + + prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxNewTCB ); + + xReturn = pdPASS; + traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB ); + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + } + else + { + xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY; + traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED(); + } + + if( xReturn == pdPASS ) + { + if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE ) + { + /* If the created task is of a higher priority than the current task + then it should run now. */ + if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority < uxPriority ) + { + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + } + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) + + void vTaskDelete( xTaskHandle pxTaskToDelete ) + { + tskTCB *pxTCB; + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + /* Ensure a yield is performed if the current task is being + deleted. */ + if( pxTaskToDelete == pxCurrentTCB ) + { + pxTaskToDelete = NULL; + } + + /* If null is passed in here then we are deleting ourselves. */ + pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxTaskToDelete ); + + /* Remove task from the ready list and place in the termination list. + This will stop the task from be scheduled. The idle task will check + the termination list and free up any memory allocated by the + scheduler for the TCB and stack. */ + vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + + /* Is the task waiting on an event also? */ + if( pxTCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer ) + { + vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ); + } + + vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &xTasksWaitingTermination, &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + + /* Increment the ucTasksDeleted variable so the idle task knows + there is a task that has been deleted and that it should therefore + check the xTasksWaitingTermination list. */ + ++uxTasksDeleted; + + /* Increment the uxTaskNumberVariable also so kernel aware debuggers + can detect that the task lists need re-generating. */ + uxTaskNumber++; + + traceTASK_DELETE( pxTCB ); + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + /* Force a reschedule if we have just deleted the current task. */ + if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE ) + { + if( ( void * ) pxTaskToDelete == NULL ) + { + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + } + +#endif + + + + + + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * TASK CONTROL API documented in task.h + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil == 1 ) + + void vTaskDelayUntil( portTickType * const pxPreviousWakeTime, portTickType xTimeIncrement ) + { + portTickType xTimeToWake; + portBASE_TYPE xAlreadyYielded, xShouldDelay = pdFALSE; + + configASSERT( pxPreviousWakeTime ); + configASSERT( ( xTimeIncrement > 0 ) ); + + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + /* Generate the tick time at which the task wants to wake. */ + xTimeToWake = *pxPreviousWakeTime + xTimeIncrement; + + if( xTickCount < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) + { + /* The tick count has overflowed since this function was + lasted called. In this case the only time we should ever + actually delay is if the wake time has also overflowed, + and the wake time is greater than the tick time. When this + is the case it is as if neither time had overflowed. */ + if( ( xTimeToWake < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) && ( xTimeToWake > xTickCount ) ) + { + xShouldDelay = pdTRUE; + } + } + else + { + /* The tick time has not overflowed. In this case we will + delay if either the wake time has overflowed, and/or the + tick time is less than the wake time. */ + if( ( xTimeToWake < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) || ( xTimeToWake > xTickCount ) ) + { + xShouldDelay = pdTRUE; + } + } + + /* Update the wake time ready for the next call. */ + *pxPreviousWakeTime = xTimeToWake; + + if( xShouldDelay != pdFALSE ) + { + traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL(); + + /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding + ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for + both lists. */ + vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake ); + } + } + xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll(); + + /* Force a reschedule if xTaskResumeAll has not already done so, we may + have put ourselves to sleep. */ + if( !xAlreadyYielded ) + { + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelay == 1 ) + + void vTaskDelay( portTickType xTicksToDelay ) + { + portTickType xTimeToWake; + signed portBASE_TYPE xAlreadyYielded = pdFALSE; + + /* A delay time of zero just forces a reschedule. */ + if( xTicksToDelay > ( portTickType ) 0 ) + { + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + traceTASK_DELAY(); + + /* A task that is removed from the event list while the + scheduler is suspended will not get placed in the ready + list or removed from the blocked list until the scheduler + is resumed. + + This task cannot be in an event list as it is the currently + executing task. */ + + /* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is + not a problem. */ + xTimeToWake = xTickCount + xTicksToDelay; + + /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding + ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for + both lists. */ + vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake ); + } + xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll(); + } + + /* Force a reschedule if xTaskResumeAll has not already done so, we may + have put ourselves to sleep. */ + if( !xAlreadyYielded ) + { + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet == 1 ) + + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskPriorityGet( xTaskHandle pxTask ) + { + tskTCB *pxTCB; + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxReturn; + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + /* If null is passed in here then we are changing the + priority of the calling function. */ + pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxTask ); + uxReturn = pxTCB->uxPriority; + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return uxReturn; + } + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet == 1 ) + + void vTaskPrioritySet( xTaskHandle pxTask, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNewPriority ) + { + tskTCB *pxTCB; + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCurrentPriority; + portBASE_TYPE xYieldRequired = pdFALSE; + + configASSERT( ( uxNewPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES ) ); + + /* Ensure the new priority is valid. */ + if( uxNewPriority >= configMAX_PRIORITIES ) + { + uxNewPriority = configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U; + } + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + if( pxTask == pxCurrentTCB ) + { + pxTask = NULL; + } + + /* If null is passed in here then we are changing the + priority of the calling function. */ + pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxTask ); + + traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTask, uxNewPriority ); + + #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + { + uxCurrentPriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority; + } + #else + { + uxCurrentPriority = pxTCB->uxPriority; + } + #endif + + if( uxCurrentPriority != uxNewPriority ) + { + /* The priority change may have readied a task of higher + priority than the calling task. */ + if( uxNewPriority > uxCurrentPriority ) + { + if( pxTask != NULL ) + { + /* The priority of another task is being raised. If we + were raising the priority of the currently running task + there would be no need to switch as it must have already + been the highest priority task. */ + xYieldRequired = pdTRUE; + } + } + else if( pxTask == NULL ) + { + /* Setting our own priority down means there may now be another + task of higher priority that is ready to execute. */ + xYieldRequired = pdTRUE; + } + + + + #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + { + /* Only change the priority being used if the task is not + currently using an inherited priority. */ + if( pxTCB->uxBasePriority == pxTCB->uxPriority ) + { + pxTCB->uxPriority = uxNewPriority; + } + + /* The base priority gets set whatever. */ + pxTCB->uxBasePriority = uxNewPriority; + } + #else + { + pxTCB->uxPriority = uxNewPriority; + } + #endif + + listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) uxNewPriority ) ); + + /* If the task is in the blocked or suspended list we need do + nothing more than change it's priority variable. However, if + the task is in a ready list it needs to be removed and placed + in the queue appropriate to its new priority. */ + if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxCurrentPriority ] ), &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) ) + { + /* The task is currently in its ready list - remove before adding + it to it's new ready list. As we are in a critical section we + can do this even if the scheduler is suspended. */ + vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB ); + } + + if( xYieldRequired == pdTRUE ) + { + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + } + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) + + void vTaskSuspend( xTaskHandle pxTaskToSuspend ) + { + tskTCB *pxTCB; + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + /* Ensure a yield is performed if the current task is being + suspended. */ + if( pxTaskToSuspend == pxCurrentTCB ) + { + pxTaskToSuspend = NULL; + } + + /* If null is passed in here then we are suspending ourselves. */ + pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxTaskToSuspend ); + + traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTCB ); + + /* Remove task from the ready/delayed list and place in the suspended list. */ + vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + + /* Is the task waiting on an event also? */ + if( pxTCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer ) + { + vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ); + } + + vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + if( ( void * ) pxTaskToSuspend == NULL ) + { + if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE ) + { + /* We have just suspended the current task. */ + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + else + { + /* The scheduler is not running, but the task that was pointed + to by pxCurrentTCB has just been suspended and pxCurrentTCB + must be adjusted to point to a different task. */ + if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == uxCurrentNumberOfTasks ) + { + /* No other tasks are ready, so set pxCurrentTCB back to + NULL so when the next task is created pxCurrentTCB will + be set to point to it no matter what its relative priority + is. */ + pxCurrentTCB = NULL; + } + else + { + vTaskSwitchContext(); + } + } + } + } + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) + + signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskIsTaskSuspended( xTaskHandle xTask ) + { + portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdFALSE; + const tskTCB * const pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask; + + /* It does not make sense to check if the calling task is suspended. */ + configASSERT( xTask ); + + /* Is the task we are attempting to resume actually in the + suspended list? */ + if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + /* Has the task already been resumed from within an ISR? */ + if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &xPendingReadyList, &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != pdTRUE ) + { + /* Is it in the suspended list because it is in the + Suspended state? It is possible to be in the suspended + list because it is blocked on a task with no timeout + specified. */ + if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == pdTRUE ) + { + xReturn = pdTRUE; + } + } + } + + return xReturn; + } + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) + + void vTaskResume( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume ) + { + tskTCB *pxTCB; + + /* It does not make sense to resume the calling task. */ + configASSERT( pxTaskToResume ); + + /* Remove the task from whichever list it is currently in, and place + it in the ready list. */ + pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxTaskToResume; + + /* The parameter cannot be NULL as it is impossible to resume the + currently executing task. */ + if( ( pxTCB != NULL ) && ( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB ) ) + { + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + if( xTaskIsTaskSuspended( pxTCB ) == pdTRUE ) + { + traceTASK_RESUME( pxTCB ); + + /* As we are in a critical section we can access the ready + lists even if the scheduler is suspended. */ + vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB ); + + /* We may have just resumed a higher priority task. */ + if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ) + { + /* This yield may not cause the task just resumed to run, but + will leave the lists in the correct state for the next yield. */ + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + } + } + +#endif + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) ) + + portBASE_TYPE xTaskResumeFromISR( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume ) + { + portBASE_TYPE xYieldRequired = pdFALSE; + tskTCB *pxTCB; + + configASSERT( pxTaskToResume ); + + pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxTaskToResume; + + if( xTaskIsTaskSuspended( pxTCB ) == pdTRUE ) + { + traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTCB ); + + if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE ) + { + xYieldRequired = ( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ); + vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB ); + } + else + { + /* We cannot access the delayed or ready lists, so will hold this + task pending until the scheduler is resumed, at which point a + yield will be performed if necessary. */ + vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ); + } + } + + return xYieldRequired; + } + +#endif + + + + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * PUBLIC SCHEDULER CONTROL documented in task.h + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +void vTaskStartScheduler( void ) +{ +portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + + /* Add the idle task at the lowest priority. */ + xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvIdleTask, ( signed char * ) "IDLE", tskIDLE_STACK_SIZE, ( void * ) NULL, ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ), ( xTaskHandle * ) NULL ); + + #if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) + { + if( xReturn == pdPASS ) + { + xReturn = xTimerCreateTimerTask(); + } + } + #endif + + if( xReturn == pdPASS ) + { + /* Interrupts are turned off here, to ensure a tick does not occur + before or during the call to xPortStartScheduler(). The stacks of + the created tasks contain a status word with interrupts switched on + so interrupts will automatically get re-enabled when the first task + starts to run. + + STEPPING THROUGH HERE USING A DEBUGGER CAN CAUSE BIG PROBLEMS IF THE + DEBUGGER ALLOWS INTERRUPTS TO BE PROCESSED. */ + portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + + xSchedulerRunning = pdTRUE; + xTickCount = ( portTickType ) 0; + + /* If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then the following + macro must be defined to configure the timer/counter used to generate + the run time counter time base. */ + portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS(); + + /* Setting up the timer tick is hardware specific and thus in the + portable interface. */ + if( xPortStartScheduler() ) + { + /* Should not reach here as if the scheduler is running the + function will not return. */ + } + else + { + /* Should only reach here if a task calls xTaskEndScheduler(). */ + } + } + + /* This line will only be reached if the kernel could not be started. */ + configASSERT( xReturn ); +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vTaskEndScheduler( void ) +{ + /* Stop the scheduler interrupts and call the portable scheduler end + routine so the original ISRs can be restored if necessary. The port + layer must ensure interrupts enable bit is left in the correct state. */ + portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + xSchedulerRunning = pdFALSE; + vPortEndScheduler(); +} +/*----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vTaskSuspendAll( void ) +{ + /* A critical section is not required as the variable is of type + portBASE_TYPE. */ + ++uxSchedulerSuspended; +} +/*----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskResumeAll( void ) +{ +register tskTCB *pxTCB; +signed portBASE_TYPE xAlreadyYielded = pdFALSE; + + /* If uxSchedulerSuspended is zero then this function does not match a + previous call to vTaskSuspendAll(). */ + configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended ); + + /* It is possible that an ISR caused a task to be removed from an event + list while the scheduler was suspended. If this was the case then the + removed task will have been added to the xPendingReadyList. Once the + scheduler has been resumed it is safe to move all the pending ready + tasks from this list into their appropriate ready list. */ + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + --uxSchedulerSuspended; + + if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE ) + { + if( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + portBASE_TYPE xYieldRequired = pdFALSE; + + /* Move any readied tasks from the pending list into the + appropriate ready list. */ + while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( ( xList * ) &xPendingReadyList ) == pdFALSE ) + { + pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( ( xList * ) &xPendingReadyList ) ); + vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ); + vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB ); + + /* If we have moved a task that has a priority higher than + the current task then we should yield. */ + if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ) + { + xYieldRequired = pdTRUE; + } + } + + /* If any ticks occurred while the scheduler was suspended then + they should be processed now. This ensures the tick count does not + slip, and that any delayed tasks are resumed at the correct time. */ + if( uxMissedTicks > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + while( uxMissedTicks > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + vTaskIncrementTick(); + --uxMissedTicks; + } + + /* As we have processed some ticks it is appropriate to yield + to ensure the highest priority task that is ready to run is + the task actually running. */ + #if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 + { + xYieldRequired = pdTRUE; + } + #endif + } + + if( ( xYieldRequired == pdTRUE ) || ( xMissedYield == pdTRUE ) ) + { + xAlreadyYielded = pdTRUE; + xMissedYield = pdFALSE; + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return xAlreadyYielded; +} + + + + + + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * PUBLIC TASK UTILITIES documented in task.h + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + + + +portTickType xTaskGetTickCount( void ) +{ +portTickType xTicks; + + /* Critical section required if running on a 16 bit processor. */ + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + xTicks = xTickCount; + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return xTicks; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +portTickType xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void ) +{ +portTickType xReturn; +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxSavedInterruptStatus; + + uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(); + xReturn = xTickCount; + portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus ); + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void ) +{ + /* A critical section is not required because the variables are of type + portBASE_TYPE. */ + return uxCurrentNumberOfTasks; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + + void vTaskList( signed char *pcWriteBuffer ) + { + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueue; + + /* This is a VERY costly function that should be used for debug only. + It leaves interrupts disabled for a LONG time. */ + + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + /* Run through all the lists that could potentially contain a TCB and + report the task name, state and stack high water mark. */ + + *pcWriteBuffer = ( signed char ) 0x00; + strcat( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( const char * ) "\r\n" ); + + uxQueue = uxTopUsedPriority + ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U; + + do + { + uxQueue--; + + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + prvListTaskWithinSingleList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ), tskREADY_CHAR ); + } + }while( uxQueue > ( unsigned short ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY ); + + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) == pdFALSE ) + { + prvListTaskWithinSingleList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) pxDelayedTaskList, tskBLOCKED_CHAR ); + } + + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxOverflowDelayedTaskList ) == pdFALSE ) + { + prvListTaskWithinSingleList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, tskBLOCKED_CHAR ); + } + + #if( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) + { + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xTasksWaitingTermination ) == pdFALSE ) + { + prvListTaskWithinSingleList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &xTasksWaitingTermination, tskDELETED_CHAR ); + } + } + #endif + + #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) + { + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == pdFALSE ) + { + prvListTaskWithinSingleList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &xSuspendedTaskList, tskSUSPENDED_CHAR ); + } + } + #endif + } + xTaskResumeAll(); + } + +#endif +/*----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) + + void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( signed char *pcWriteBuffer ) + { + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueue; + unsigned long ulTotalRunTime; + + /* This is a VERY costly function that should be used for debug only. + It leaves interrupts disabled for a LONG time. */ + + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + #ifdef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE + portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE( ulTotalRunTime ); + #else + ulTotalRunTime = portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE(); + #endif + + /* Divide ulTotalRunTime by 100 to make the percentage caluclations + simpler in the prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList() function. */ + ulTotalRunTime /= 100UL; + + /* Run through all the lists that could potentially contain a TCB, + generating a table of run timer percentages in the provided + buffer. */ + + *pcWriteBuffer = ( signed char ) 0x00; + strcat( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( const char * ) "\r\n" ); + + uxQueue = uxTopUsedPriority + ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U; + + do + { + uxQueue--; + + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ), ulTotalRunTime ); + } + }while( uxQueue > ( unsigned short ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY ); + + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) == pdFALSE ) + { + prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) pxDelayedTaskList, ulTotalRunTime ); + } + + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxOverflowDelayedTaskList ) == pdFALSE ) + { + prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, ulTotalRunTime ); + } + + #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) + { + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xTasksWaitingTermination ) == pdFALSE ) + { + prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &xTasksWaitingTermination, ulTotalRunTime ); + } + } + #endif + + #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) + { + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == pdFALSE ) + { + prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &xSuspendedTaskList, ulTotalRunTime ); + } + } + #endif + } + xTaskResumeAll(); + } + +#endif +/*----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + + void vTaskStartTrace( signed char * pcBuffer, unsigned long ulBufferSize ) + { + configASSERT( pcBuffer ); + configASSERT( ulBufferSize ); + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + pcTraceBuffer = ( signed char * )pcBuffer; + pcTraceBufferStart = pcBuffer; + pcTraceBufferEnd = pcBuffer + ( ulBufferSize - tskSIZE_OF_EACH_TRACE_LINE ); + xTracing = pdTRUE; + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + } + +#endif +/*----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + + unsigned long ulTaskEndTrace( void ) + { + unsigned long ulBufferLength; + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + xTracing = pdFALSE; + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + ulBufferLength = ( unsigned long ) ( pcTraceBuffer - pcTraceBufferStart ); + + return ulBufferLength; + } + +#endif + + + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * SCHEDULER INTERNALS AVAILABLE FOR PORTING PURPOSES + * documented in task.h + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +void vTaskIncrementTick( void ) +{ +tskTCB * pxTCB; + + /* Called by the portable layer each time a tick interrupt occurs. + Increments the tick then checks to see if the new tick value will cause any + tasks to be unblocked. */ + if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE ) + { + ++xTickCount; + if( xTickCount == ( portTickType ) 0 ) + { + xList *pxTemp; + + /* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists. + If there are any items in pxDelayedTaskList here then there is + an error! */ + configASSERT( ( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) ) ); + + pxTemp = pxDelayedTaskList; + pxDelayedTaskList = pxOverflowDelayedTaskList; + pxOverflowDelayedTaskList = pxTemp; + xNumOfOverflows++; + + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) != pdFALSE ) + { + /* The new current delayed list is empty. Set + xNextTaskUnblockTime to the maximum possible value so it is + extremely unlikely that the + if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) test will pass until + there is an item in the delayed list. */ + xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY; + } + else + { + /* The new current delayed list is not empty, get the value of + the item at the head of the delayed list. This is the time at + which the task at the head of the delayed list should be removed + from the Blocked state. */ + pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedTaskList ); + xNextTaskUnblockTime = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + } + } + + /* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */ + prvCheckDelayedTasks(); + } + else + { + ++uxMissedTicks; + + /* The tick hook gets called at regular intervals, even if the + scheduler is locked. */ + #if ( configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1 ) + { + vApplicationTickHook(); + } + #endif + } + + #if ( configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1 ) + { + /* Guard against the tick hook being called when the missed tick + count is being unwound (when the scheduler is being unlocked. */ + if( uxMissedTicks == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) + { + vApplicationTickHook(); + } + } + #endif + + traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount ); +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( ( INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) ) + + void vTaskCleanUpResources( void ) + { + unsigned short usQueue; + volatile tskTCB *pxTCB; + + usQueue = ( unsigned short ) uxTopUsedPriority + ( unsigned short ) 1; + + /* Remove any TCB's from the ready queues. */ + do + { + usQueue--; + + while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ usQueue ] ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, &( pxReadyTasksLists[ usQueue ] ) ); + vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + + prvDeleteTCB( ( tskTCB * ) pxTCB ); + } + }while( usQueue > ( unsigned short ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY ); + + /* Remove any TCB's from the delayed queue. */ + while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xDelayedTaskList1 ) == pdFALSE ) + { + listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, &xDelayedTaskList1 ); + vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + + prvDeleteTCB( ( tskTCB * ) pxTCB ); + } + + /* Remove any TCB's from the overflow delayed queue. */ + while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xDelayedTaskList2 ) == pdFALSE ) + { + listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, &xDelayedTaskList2 ); + vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + + prvDeleteTCB( ( tskTCB * ) pxTCB ); + } + + while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == pdFALSE ) + { + listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, &xSuspendedTaskList ); + vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + + prvDeleteTCB( ( tskTCB * ) pxTCB ); + } + } + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 ) + + void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask, pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxHookFunction ) + { + tskTCB *xTCB; + + /* If xTask is NULL then we are setting our own task hook. */ + if( xTask == NULL ) + { + xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxCurrentTCB; + } + else + { + xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask; + } + + /* Save the hook function in the TCB. A critical section is required as + the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */ + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + xTCB->pxTaskTag = pxHookFunction; + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + } + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 ) + + pdTASK_HOOK_CODE xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask ) + { + tskTCB *xTCB; + pdTASK_HOOK_CODE xReturn; + + /* If xTask is NULL then we are setting our own task hook. */ + if( xTask == NULL ) + { + xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxCurrentTCB; + } + else + { + xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask; + } + + /* Save the hook function in the TCB. A critical section is required as + the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */ + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + xReturn = xTCB->pxTaskTag; + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return xReturn; + } + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 ) + + portBASE_TYPE xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( xTaskHandle xTask, void *pvParameter ) + { + tskTCB *xTCB; + portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + + /* If xTask is NULL then we are calling our own task hook. */ + if( xTask == NULL ) + { + xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxCurrentTCB; + } + else + { + xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask; + } + + if( xTCB->pxTaskTag != NULL ) + { + xReturn = xTCB->pxTaskTag( pvParameter ); + } + else + { + xReturn = pdFAIL; + } + + return xReturn; + } + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vTaskSwitchContext( void ) +{ + if( uxSchedulerSuspended != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE ) + { + /* The scheduler is currently suspended - do not allow a context + switch. */ + xMissedYield = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT(); + + #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) + { + unsigned long ulTempCounter; + + #ifdef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE + portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE( ulTempCounter ); + #else + ulTempCounter = portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE(); + #endif + + /* Add the amount of time the task has been running to the accumulated + time so far. The time the task started running was stored in + ulTaskSwitchedInTime. Note that there is no overflow protection here + so count values are only valid until the timer overflows. Generally + this will be about 1 hour assuming a 1uS timer increment. */ + pxCurrentTCB->ulRunTimeCounter += ( ulTempCounter - ulTaskSwitchedInTime ); + ulTaskSwitchedInTime = ulTempCounter; + } + #endif + + taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW(); + taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW(); + + /* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready tasks. */ + while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopReadyPriority ] ) ) ) + { + configASSERT( uxTopReadyPriority ); + --uxTopReadyPriority; + } + + /* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the tasks of the + same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */ + listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentTCB, &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopReadyPriority ] ) ); + + traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN(); + vWriteTraceToBuffer(); + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vTaskPlaceOnEventList( const xList * const pxEventList, portTickType xTicksToWait ) +{ +portTickType xTimeToWake; + + configASSERT( pxEventList ); + + /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED OR THE + SCHEDULER SUSPENDED. */ + + /* Place the event list item of the TCB in the appropriate event list. + This is placed in the list in priority order so the highest priority task + is the first to be woken by the event. */ + vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxEventList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) ); + + /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding ourselves + to the blocked list as the same list item is used for both lists. We have + exclusive access to the ready lists as the scheduler is locked. */ + vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + + + #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) + { + if( xTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY ) + { + /* Add ourselves to the suspended task list instead of a delayed task + list to ensure we are not woken by a timing event. We will block + indefinitely. */ + vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &xSuspendedTaskList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + } + else + { + /* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event does + not occur. This may overflow but this doesn't matter. */ + xTimeToWake = xTickCount + xTicksToWait; + prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake ); + } + } + #else + { + /* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event does + not occur. This may overflow but this doesn't matter. */ + xTimeToWake = xTickCount + xTicksToWait; + prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake ); + } + #endif +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1 + + void vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( const xList * const pxEventList, portTickType xTicksToWait ) + { + portTickType xTimeToWake; + + configASSERT( pxEventList ); + + /* This function should not be called by application code hence the + 'Restricted' in its name. It is not part of the public API. It is + designed for use by kernel code, and has special calling requirements - + it should be called from a critical section. */ + + + /* Place the event list item of the TCB in the appropriate event list. + In this case it is assume that this is the only task that is going to + be waiting on this event list, so the faster vListInsertEnd() function + can be used in place of vListInsert. */ + vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) pxEventList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) ); + + /* We must remove this task from the ready list before adding it to the + blocked list as the same list item is used for both lists. This + function is called form a critical section. */ + vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + + /* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event does + not occur. This may overflow but this doesn't matter. */ + xTimeToWake = xTickCount + xTicksToWait; + prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake ); + } + +#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskRemoveFromEventList( const xList * const pxEventList ) +{ +tskTCB *pxUnblockedTCB; +portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + + /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED OR THE + SCHEDULER SUSPENDED. It can also be called from within an ISR. */ + + /* The event list is sorted in priority order, so we can remove the + first in the list, remove the TCB from the delayed list, and add + it to the ready list. + + If an event is for a queue that is locked then this function will never + get called - the lock count on the queue will get modified instead. This + means we can always expect exclusive access to the event list here. + + This function assumes that a check has already been made to ensure that + pxEventList is not empty. */ + pxUnblockedTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList ); + configASSERT( pxUnblockedTCB ); + vListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xEventListItem ) ); + + if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE ) + { + vListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedTCB ); + } + else + { + /* We cannot access the delayed or ready lists, so will hold this + task pending until the scheduler is resumed. */ + vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxUnblockedTCB->xEventListItem ) ); + } + + if( pxUnblockedTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ) + { + /* Return true if the task removed from the event list has + a higher priority than the calling task. This allows + the calling task to know if it should force a context + switch now. */ + xReturn = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + xReturn = pdFALSE; + } + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vTaskSetTimeOutState( xTimeOutType * const pxTimeOut ) +{ + configASSERT( pxTimeOut ); + pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount = xNumOfOverflows; + pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering = xTickCount; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +portBASE_TYPE xTaskCheckForTimeOut( xTimeOutType * const pxTimeOut, portTickType * const pxTicksToWait ) +{ +portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + + configASSERT( pxTimeOut ); + configASSERT( pxTicksToWait ); + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) + /* If INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 and the block time specified is + the maximum block time then the task should block indefinitely, and + therefore never time out. */ + if( *pxTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY ) + { + xReturn = pdFALSE; + } + else /* We are not blocking indefinitely, perform the checks below. */ + #endif + + if( ( xNumOfOverflows != pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount ) && ( ( portTickType ) xTickCount >= ( portTickType ) pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering ) ) + { + /* The tick count is greater than the time at which vTaskSetTimeout() + was called, but has also overflowed since vTaskSetTimeOut() was called. + It must have wrapped all the way around and gone past us again. This + passed since vTaskSetTimeout() was called. */ + xReturn = pdTRUE; + } + else if( ( ( portTickType ) ( ( portTickType ) xTickCount - ( portTickType ) pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering ) ) < ( portTickType ) *pxTicksToWait ) + { + /* Not a genuine timeout. Adjust parameters for time remaining. */ + *pxTicksToWait -= ( ( portTickType ) xTickCount - ( portTickType ) pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering ); + vTaskSetTimeOutState( pxTimeOut ); + xReturn = pdFALSE; + } + else + { + xReturn = pdTRUE; + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vTaskMissedYield( void ) +{ + xMissedYield = pdTRUE; +} + +/* + * ----------------------------------------------------------- + * The Idle task. + * ---------------------------------------------------------- + * + * The portTASK_FUNCTION() macro is used to allow port/compiler specific + * language extensions. The equivalent prototype for this function is: + * + * void prvIdleTask( void *pvParameters ); + * + */ +static portTASK_FUNCTION( prvIdleTask, pvParameters ) +{ + /* Stop warnings. */ + ( void ) pvParameters; + + for( ;; ) + { + /* See if any tasks have been deleted. */ + prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination(); + + #if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 ) + { + /* If we are not using preemption we keep forcing a task switch to + see if any other task has become available. If we are using + preemption we don't need to do this as any task becoming available + will automatically get the processor anyway. */ + taskYIELD(); + } + #endif + + #if ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD == 1 ) ) + { + /* When using preemption tasks of equal priority will be + timesliced. If a task that is sharing the idle priority is ready + to run then the idle task should yield before the end of the + timeslice. + + A critical region is not required here as we are just reading from + the list, and an occasional incorrect value will not matter. If + the ready list at the idle priority contains more than one task + then a task other than the idle task is ready to execute. */ + if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ tskIDLE_PRIORITY ] ) ) > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1 ) + { + taskYIELD(); + } + } + #endif + + #if ( configUSE_IDLE_HOOK == 1 ) + { + extern void vApplicationIdleHook( void ); + + /* Call the user defined function from within the idle task. This + allows the application designer to add background functionality + without the overhead of a separate task. + NOTE: vApplicationIdleHook() MUST NOT, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, + CALL A FUNCTION THAT MIGHT BLOCK. */ + vApplicationIdleHook(); + } + #endif + } +} /*lint !e715 pvParameters is not accessed but all task functions require the same prototype. */ + + + + + + + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * File private functions documented at the top of the file. + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + + + +static void prvInitialiseTCBVariables( tskTCB *pxTCB, const signed char * const pcName, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions, unsigned short usStackDepth ) +{ + /* Store the function name in the TCB. */ + #if configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN > 1 + { + /* Don't bring strncpy into the build unnecessarily. */ + strncpy( ( char * ) pxTCB->pcTaskName, ( const char * ) pcName, ( unsigned short ) configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ); + } + #endif + pxTCB->pcTaskName[ ( unsigned short ) configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - ( unsigned short ) 1 ] = ( signed char ) '\0'; + + /* This is used as an array index so must ensure it's not too large. First + remove the privilege bit if one is present. */ + if( uxPriority >= configMAX_PRIORITIES ) + { + uxPriority = configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U; + } + + pxTCB->uxPriority = uxPriority; + #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + { + pxTCB->uxBasePriority = uxPriority; + } + #endif + + vListInitialiseItem( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + vListInitialiseItem( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ); + + /* Set the pxTCB as a link back from the xListItem. This is so we can get + back to the containing TCB from a generic item in a list. */ + listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ), pxTCB ); + + /* Event lists are always in priority order. */ + listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) uxPriority ); + listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), pxTCB ); + + #if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 ) + { + pxTCB->uxCriticalNesting = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0; + } + #endif + + #if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 ) + { + pxTCB->pxTaskTag = NULL; + } + #endif + + #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) + { + pxTCB->ulRunTimeCounter = 0UL; + } + #endif + + #if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) + { + vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( &( pxTCB->xMPUSettings ), xRegions, pxTCB->pxStack, usStackDepth ); + } + #else + { + ( void ) xRegions; + ( void ) usStackDepth; + } + #endif +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) + + void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( xTaskHandle xTaskToModify, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions ) + { + tskTCB *pxTCB; + + if( xTaskToModify == pxCurrentTCB ) + { + xTaskToModify = NULL; + } + + /* If null is passed in here then we are deleting ourselves. */ + pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToModify ); + + vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( &( pxTCB->xMPUSettings ), xRegions, NULL, 0 ); + } + /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ +#endif + +static void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void ) +{ +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority; + + for( uxPriority = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; uxPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ ) + { + vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriority ] ) ); + } + + vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xDelayedTaskList1 ); + vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xDelayedTaskList2 ); + vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xPendingReadyList ); + + #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) + { + vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xTasksWaitingTermination ); + } + #endif + + #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) + { + vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xSuspendedTaskList ); + } + #endif + + /* Start with pxDelayedTaskList using list1 and the pxOverflowDelayedTaskList + using list2. */ + pxDelayedTaskList = &xDelayedTaskList1; + pxOverflowDelayedTaskList = &xDelayedTaskList2; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination( void ) +{ + #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) + { + portBASE_TYPE xListIsEmpty; + + /* ucTasksDeleted is used to prevent vTaskSuspendAll() being called + too often in the idle task. */ + if( uxTasksDeleted > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + vTaskSuspendAll(); + xListIsEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xTasksWaitingTermination ); + xTaskResumeAll(); + + if( xListIsEmpty == pdFALSE ) + { + tskTCB *pxTCB; + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( ( xList * ) &xTasksWaitingTermination ) ); + vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + --uxCurrentNumberOfTasks; + --uxTasksDeleted; + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + prvDeleteTCB( pxTCB ); + } + } + } + #endif +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( portTickType xTimeToWake ) +{ + /* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */ + listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake ); + + if( xTimeToWake < xTickCount ) + { + /* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the overflow list. */ + vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + } + else + { + /* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the current block list. */ + vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxDelayedTaskList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + + /* If the task entering the blocked state was placed at the head of the + list of blocked tasks then xNextTaskUnblockTime needs to be updated + too. */ + if( xTimeToWake < xNextTaskUnblockTime ) + { + xNextTaskUnblockTime = xTimeToWake; + } + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static tskTCB *prvAllocateTCBAndStack( unsigned short usStackDepth, portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer ) +{ +tskTCB *pxNewTCB; + + /* Allocate space for the TCB. Where the memory comes from depends on + the implementation of the port malloc function. */ + pxNewTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( tskTCB ) ); + + if( pxNewTCB != NULL ) + { + /* Allocate space for the stack used by the task being created. + The base of the stack memory stored in the TCB so the task can + be deleted later if required. */ + pxNewTCB->pxStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE * ) pvPortMallocAligned( ( ( ( size_t )usStackDepth ) * sizeof( portSTACK_TYPE ) ), puxStackBuffer ); + + if( pxNewTCB->pxStack == NULL ) + { + /* Could not allocate the stack. Delete the allocated TCB. */ + vPortFree( pxNewTCB ); + pxNewTCB = NULL; + } + else + { + /* Just to help debugging. */ + memset( pxNewTCB->pxStack, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, usStackDepth * sizeof( portSTACK_TYPE ) ); + } + } + + return pxNewTCB; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + + static void prvListTaskWithinSingleList( const signed char *pcWriteBuffer, xList *pxList, signed char cStatus ) + { + volatile tskTCB *pxNextTCB, *pxFirstTCB; + unsigned short usStackRemaining; + + /* Write the details of all the TCB's in pxList into the buffer. */ + listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxFirstTCB, pxList ); + do + { + listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxNextTCB, pxList ); + #if ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) + { + usStackRemaining = usTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( ( unsigned char * ) pxNextTCB->pxEndOfStack ); + } + #else + { + usStackRemaining = usTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( ( unsigned char * ) pxNextTCB->pxStack ); + } + #endif + + sprintf( pcStatusString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%c\t%u\t%u\t%u\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName, cStatus, ( unsigned int ) pxNextTCB->uxPriority, usStackRemaining, ( unsigned int ) pxNextTCB->uxTCBNumber ); + strcat( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( char * ) pcStatusString ); + + } while( pxNextTCB != pxFirstTCB ); + } + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) + + static void prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( const signed char *pcWriteBuffer, xList *pxList, unsigned long ulTotalRunTime ) + { + volatile tskTCB *pxNextTCB, *pxFirstTCB; + unsigned long ulStatsAsPercentage; + + /* Write the run time stats of all the TCB's in pxList into the buffer. */ + listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxFirstTCB, pxList ); + do + { + /* Get next TCB in from the list. */ + listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxNextTCB, pxList ); + + /* Divide by zero check. */ + if( ulTotalRunTime > 0UL ) + { + /* Has the task run at all? */ + if( pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter == 0 ) + { + /* The task has used no CPU time at all. */ + sprintf( pcStatsString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t0\t\t0%%\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName ); + } + else + { + /* What percentage of the total run time has the task used? + This will always be rounded down to the nearest integer. + ulTotalRunTime has already been divided by 100. */ + ulStatsAsPercentage = pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter / ulTotalRunTime; + + if( ulStatsAsPercentage > 0UL ) + { + #ifdef portLU_PRINTF_SPECIFIER_REQUIRED + { + sprintf( pcStatsString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%lu\t\t%lu%%\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName, pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter, ulStatsAsPercentage ); + } + #else + { + /* sizeof( int ) == sizeof( long ) so a smaller + printf() library can be used. */ + sprintf( pcStatsString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%u\t\t%u%%\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName, ( unsigned int ) pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter, ( unsigned int ) ulStatsAsPercentage ); + } + #endif + } + else + { + /* If the percentage is zero here then the task has + consumed less than 1% of the total run time. */ + #ifdef portLU_PRINTF_SPECIFIER_REQUIRED + { + sprintf( pcStatsString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%lu\t\t<1%%\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName, pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter ); + } + #else + { + /* sizeof( int ) == sizeof( long ) so a smaller + printf() library can be used. */ + sprintf( pcStatsString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%u\t\t<1%%\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName, ( unsigned int ) pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter ); + } + #endif + } + } + + strcat( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( char * ) pcStatsString ); + } + + } while( pxNextTCB != pxFirstTCB ); + } + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) ) + + static unsigned short usTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( const unsigned char * pucStackByte ) + { + register unsigned short usCount = 0; + + while( *pucStackByte == tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE ) + { + pucStackByte -= portSTACK_GROWTH; + usCount++; + } + + usCount /= sizeof( portSTACK_TYPE ); + + return usCount; + } + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) + + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( xTaskHandle xTask ) + { + tskTCB *pxTCB; + unsigned char *pcEndOfStack; + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxReturn; + + pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask ); + + #if portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 + { + pcEndOfStack = ( unsigned char * ) pxTCB->pxStack; + } + #else + { + pcEndOfStack = ( unsigned char * ) pxTCB->pxEndOfStack; + } + #endif + + uxReturn = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) usTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( pcEndOfStack ); + + return uxReturn; + } + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources == 1 ) ) + + static void prvDeleteTCB( tskTCB *pxTCB ) + { + /* Free up the memory allocated by the scheduler for the task. It is up to + the task to free any memory allocated at the application level. */ + vPortFreeAligned( pxTCB->pxStack ); + vPortFree( pxTCB ); + } + +#endif + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle == 1 ) || ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) ) + + xTaskHandle xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) + { + xTaskHandle xReturn; + + /* A critical section is not required as this is not called from + an interrupt and the current TCB will always be the same for any + individual execution thread. */ + xReturn = pxCurrentTCB; + + return xReturn; + } + +#endif + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) + + portBASE_TYPE xTaskGetSchedulerState( void ) + { + portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + + if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE ) + { + xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED; + } + else + { + if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE ) + { + xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING; + } + else + { + xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED; + } + } + + return xReturn; + } + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + + void vTaskPriorityInherit( xTaskHandle * const pxMutexHolder ) + { + tskTCB * const pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxMutexHolder; + + configASSERT( pxMutexHolder ); + + if( pxTCB->uxPriority < pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ) + { + /* Adjust the mutex holder state to account for its new priority. */ + listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ); + + /* If the task being modified is in the ready state it will need to + be moved in to a new list. */ + if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ pxTCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) ) + { + vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + + /* Inherit the priority before being moved into the new list. */ + pxTCB->uxPriority = pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority; + prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB ); + } + else + { + /* Just inherit the priority. */ + pxTCB->uxPriority = pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority; + } + } + } + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + + void vTaskPriorityDisinherit( xTaskHandle * const pxMutexHolder ) + { + tskTCB * const pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxMutexHolder; + + if( pxMutexHolder != NULL ) + { + if( pxTCB->uxPriority != pxTCB->uxBasePriority ) + { + /* We must be the running task to be able to give the mutex back. + Remove ourselves from the ready list we currently appear in. */ + vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + + /* Disinherit the priority before adding ourselves into the new + ready list. */ + pxTCB->uxPriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority; + listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) pxTCB->uxPriority ); + prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB ); + } + } + } + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 ) + + void vTaskEnterCritical( void ) + { + portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + + if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE ) + { + ( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting )++; + } + } + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 ) + +void vTaskExitCritical( void ) +{ + if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE ) + { + if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting > 0 ) + { + ( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting )--; + + if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting == 0 ) + { + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + } + } + } +} + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + + + + diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/timers.c b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/timers.c new file mode 100755 index 0000000..1dd7555 --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/timers.c @@ -0,0 +1,649 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + + FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: + Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development + tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. + See http://www.atollic.com + + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * + * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * + * available. * + * * + * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * + * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * + * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * + * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * + * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * + * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * + * * + * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * + * * + * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. + >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to + distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to + provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY + or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it + can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained + by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the + FreeRTOS WEB site. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and + contact details. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety + critical systems. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, + licensing and training services. +*/ + +/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining +all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when +task.h is included from an application file. */ +#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE + +#include "FreeRTOS.h" +#include "task.h" +#include "queue.h" +#include "timers.h" + +#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE + +/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured +to include software timer functionality. This #if is closed at the very bottom +of this file. If you want to include software timer functionality then ensure +configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */ +#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) + +/* Misc definitions. */ +#define tmrNO_DELAY ( portTickType ) 0U + +/* The definition of the timers themselves. */ +typedef struct tmrTimerControl +{ + const signed char *pcTimerName; /*<< Text name. This is not used by the kernel, it is included simply to make debugging easier. */ + xListItem xTimerListItem; /*<< Standard linked list item as used by all kernel features for event management. */ + portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks;/*<< How quickly and often the timer expires. */ + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload; /*<< Set to pdTRUE if the timer should be automatically restarted once expired. Set to pdFALSE if the timer is, in effect, a one shot timer. */ + void *pvTimerID; /*<< An ID to identify the timer. This allows the timer to be identified when the same callback is used for multiple timers. */ + tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction; /*<< The function that will be called when the timer expires. */ +} xTIMER; + +/* The definition of messages that can be sent and received on the timer +queue. */ +typedef struct tmrTimerQueueMessage +{ + portBASE_TYPE xMessageID; /*<< The command being sent to the timer service task. */ + portTickType xMessageValue; /*<< An optional value used by a subset of commands, for example, when changing the period of a timer. */ + xTIMER * pxTimer; /*<< The timer to which the command will be applied. */ +} xTIMER_MESSAGE; + + +/* The list in which active timers are stored. Timers are referenced in expire +time order, with the nearest expiry time at the front of the list. Only the +timer service task is allowed to access xActiveTimerList. */ +PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xActiveTimerList1; +PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xActiveTimerList2; +PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList *pxCurrentTimerList; +PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList *pxOverflowTimerList; + +/* A queue that is used to send commands to the timer service task. */ +PRIVILEGED_DATA static xQueueHandle xTimerQueue = NULL; + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * Initialise the infrastructure used by the timer service task if it has not + * been initialised already. + */ +static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * The timer service task (daemon). Timer functionality is controlled by this + * task. Other tasks communicate with the timer service task using the + * xTimerQueue queue. + */ +static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Called by the timer service task to interpret and process a command it + * received on the timer queue. + */ +static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Insert the timer into either xActiveTimerList1, or xActiveTimerList2, + * depending on if the expire time causes a timer counter overflow. + */ +static portBASE_TYPE prvInsertTimerInActiveList( xTIMER *pxTimer, portTickType xNextExpiryTime, portTickType xTimeNow, portTickType xCommandTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * An active timer has reached its expire time. Reload the timer if it is an + * auto reload timer, then call its callback. + */ +static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portTickType xTimeNow ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * The tick count has overflowed. Switch the timer lists after ensuring the + * current timer list does not still reference some timers. + */ +static void prvSwitchTimerLists( portTickType xLastTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Obtain the current tick count, setting *pxTimerListsWereSwitched to pdTRUE + * if a tick count overflow occurred since prvSampleTimeNow() was last called. + */ +static portTickType prvSampleTimeNow( portBASE_TYPE *pxTimerListsWereSwitched ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * If the timer list contains any active timers then return the expire time of + * the timer that will expire first and set *pxListWasEmpty to false. If the + * timer list does not contain any timers then return 0 and set *pxListWasEmpty + * to pdTRUE. + */ +static portTickType prvGetNextExpireTime( portBASE_TYPE *pxListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * If a timer has expired, process it. Otherwise, block the timer service task + * until either a timer does expire or a command is received. + */ +static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +portBASE_TYPE xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) +{ +portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdFAIL; + + /* This function is called when the scheduler is started if + configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1. Check that the infrastructure used by the + timer service task has been created/initialised. If timers have already + been created then the initialisation will already have been performed. */ + prvCheckForValidListAndQueue(); + + if( xTimerQueue != NULL ) + { + xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvTimerTask, ( const signed char * ) "Tmr Svc", ( unsigned short ) configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH, NULL, ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY, NULL); + } + + configASSERT( xReturn ); + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char *pcTimerName, portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload, void *pvTimerID, tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction ) +{ +xTIMER *pxNewTimer; + + /* Allocate the timer structure. */ + if( xTimerPeriodInTicks == ( portTickType ) 0U ) + { + pxNewTimer = NULL; + configASSERT( ( xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) ); + } + else + { + pxNewTimer = ( xTIMER * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xTIMER ) ); + if( pxNewTimer != NULL ) + { + /* Ensure the infrastructure used by the timer service task has been + created/initialised. */ + prvCheckForValidListAndQueue(); + + /* Initialise the timer structure members using the function parameters. */ + pxNewTimer->pcTimerName = pcTimerName; + pxNewTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xTimerPeriodInTicks; + pxNewTimer->uxAutoReload = uxAutoReload; + pxNewTimer->pvTimerID = pvTimerID; + pxNewTimer->pxCallbackFunction = pxCallbackFunction; + vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTimer->xTimerListItem ) ); + + traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer ); + } + else + { + traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED(); + } + } + + return ( xTimerHandle ) pxNewTimer; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +portBASE_TYPE xTimerGenericCommand( xTimerHandle xTimer, portBASE_TYPE xCommandID, portTickType xOptionalValue, portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portTickType xBlockTime ) +{ +portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdFAIL; +xTIMER_MESSAGE xMessage; + + /* Send a message to the timer service task to perform a particular action + on a particular timer definition. */ + if( xTimerQueue != NULL ) + { + /* Send a command to the timer service task to start the xTimer timer. */ + xMessage.xMessageID = xCommandID; + xMessage.xMessageValue = xOptionalValue; + xMessage.pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer; + + if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken == NULL ) + { + if( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING ) + { + xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xBlockTime ); + } + else + { + xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY ); + } + } + else + { + xReturn = xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); + } + + traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xCommandID, xOptionalValue, xReturn ); + } + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portTickType xTimeNow ) +{ +xTIMER *pxTimer; +portBASE_TYPE xResult; + + /* Remove the timer from the list of active timers. A check has already + been performed to ensure the list is not empty. */ + pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList ); + vListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ); + traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer ); + + /* If the timer is an auto reload timer then calculate the next + expiry time and re-insert the timer in the list of active timers. */ + if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE ) + { + /* This is the only time a timer is inserted into a list using + a time relative to anything other than the current time. It + will therefore be inserted into the correct list relative to + the time this task thinks it is now, even if a command to + switch lists due to a tick count overflow is already waiting in + the timer queue. */ + if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xNextExpireTime ) == pdTRUE ) + { + /* The timer expired before it was added to the active timer + list. Reload it now. */ + xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY ); + configASSERT( xResult ); + ( void ) xResult; + } + } + + /* Call the timer callback. */ + pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer ); +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters ) +{ +portTickType xNextExpireTime; +portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty; + + /* Just to avoid compiler warnings. */ + ( void ) pvParameters; + + for( ;; ) + { + /* Query the timers list to see if it contains any timers, and if so, + obtain the time at which the next timer will expire. */ + xNextExpireTime = prvGetNextExpireTime( &xListWasEmpty ); + + /* If a timer has expired, process it. Otherwise, block this task + until either a timer does expire, or a command is received. */ + prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( xNextExpireTime, xListWasEmpty ); + + /* Empty the command queue. */ + prvProcessReceivedCommands(); + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty ) +{ +portTickType xTimeNow; +portBASE_TYPE xTimerListsWereSwitched; + + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + /* Obtain the time now to make an assessment as to whether the timer + has expired or not. If obtaining the time causes the lists to switch + then don't process this timer as any timers that remained in the list + when the lists were switched will have been processed within the + prvSampelTimeNow() function. */ + xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched ); + if( xTimerListsWereSwitched == pdFALSE ) + { + /* The tick count has not overflowed, has the timer expired? */ + if( ( xListWasEmpty == pdFALSE ) && ( xNextExpireTime <= xTimeNow ) ) + { + xTaskResumeAll(); + prvProcessExpiredTimer( xNextExpireTime, xTimeNow ); + } + else + { + /* The tick count has not overflowed, and the next expire + time has not been reached yet. This task should therefore + block to wait for the next expire time or a command to be + received - whichever comes first. The following line cannot + be reached unless xNextExpireTime > xTimeNow, except in the + case when the current timer list is empty. */ + vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xTimerQueue, ( xNextExpireTime - xTimeNow ) ); + + if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE ) + { + /* Yield to wait for either a command to arrive, or the block time + to expire. If a command arrived between the critical section being + exited and this yield then the yield will not cause the task + to block. */ + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + } + else + { + xTaskResumeAll(); + } + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static portTickType prvGetNextExpireTime( portBASE_TYPE *pxListWasEmpty ) +{ +portTickType xNextExpireTime; + + /* Timers are listed in expiry time order, with the head of the list + referencing the task that will expire first. Obtain the time at which + the timer with the nearest expiry time will expire. If there are no + active timers then just set the next expire time to 0. That will cause + this task to unblock when the tick count overflows, at which point the + timer lists will be switched and the next expiry time can be + re-assessed. */ + *pxListWasEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList ); + if( *pxListWasEmpty == pdFALSE ) + { + xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList ); + } + else + { + /* Ensure the task unblocks when the tick count rolls over. */ + xNextExpireTime = ( portTickType ) 0U; + } + + return xNextExpireTime; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static portTickType prvSampleTimeNow( portBASE_TYPE *pxTimerListsWereSwitched ) +{ +portTickType xTimeNow; +static portTickType xLastTime = ( portTickType ) 0U; + + xTimeNow = xTaskGetTickCount(); + + if( xTimeNow < xLastTime ) + { + prvSwitchTimerLists( xLastTime ); + *pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + *pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdFALSE; + } + + xLastTime = xTimeNow; + + return xTimeNow; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static portBASE_TYPE prvInsertTimerInActiveList( xTIMER *pxTimer, portTickType xNextExpiryTime, portTickType xTimeNow, portTickType xCommandTime ) +{ +portBASE_TYPE xProcessTimerNow = pdFALSE; + + listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xNextExpiryTime ); + listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer ); + + if( xNextExpiryTime <= xTimeNow ) + { + /* Has the expiry time elapsed between the command to start/reset a + timer was issued, and the time the command was processed? */ + if( ( ( portTickType ) ( xTimeNow - xCommandTime ) ) >= pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ) + { + /* The time between a command being issued and the command being + processed actually exceeds the timers period. */ + xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + vListInsert( pxOverflowTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ); + } + } + else + { + if( ( xTimeNow < xCommandTime ) && ( xNextExpiryTime >= xCommandTime ) ) + { + /* If, since the command was issued, the tick count has overflowed + but the expiry time has not, then the timer must have already passed + its expiry time and should be processed immediately. */ + xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ); + } + } + + return xProcessTimerNow; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void ) +{ +xTIMER_MESSAGE xMessage; +xTIMER *pxTimer; +portBASE_TYPE xTimerListsWereSwitched, xResult; +portTickType xTimeNow; + + /* In this case the xTimerListsWereSwitched parameter is not used, but it + must be present in the function call. */ + xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched ); + + while( xQueueReceive( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY ) != pdFAIL ) + { + pxTimer = xMessage.pxTimer; + + /* Is the timer already in a list of active timers? When the command + is trmCOMMAND_PROCESS_TIMER_OVERFLOW, the timer will be NULL as the + command is to the task rather than to an individual timer. */ + if( pxTimer != NULL ) + { + if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + /* The timer is in a list, remove it. */ + vListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ); + } + } + + traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageID, xMessage.xMessageValue ); + + switch( xMessage.xMessageID ) + { + case tmrCOMMAND_START : + /* Start or restart a timer. */ + if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, xTimeNow, xMessage.xMessageValue ) == pdTRUE ) + { + /* The timer expired before it was added to the active timer + list. Process it now. */ + pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer ); + + if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE ) + { + xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xMessage.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY ); + configASSERT( xResult ); + ( void ) xResult; + } + } + break; + + case tmrCOMMAND_STOP : + /* The timer has already been removed from the active list. + There is nothing to do here. */ + break; + + case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD : + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xMessage.xMessageValue; + configASSERT( ( pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) ); + prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xTimeNow + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xTimeNow ); + break; + + case tmrCOMMAND_DELETE : + /* The timer has already been removed from the active list, + just free up the memory. */ + vPortFree( pxTimer ); + break; + + default : + /* Don't expect to get here. */ + break; + } + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvSwitchTimerLists( portTickType xLastTime ) +{ +portTickType xNextExpireTime, xReloadTime; +xList *pxTemp; +xTIMER *pxTimer; +portBASE_TYPE xResult; + + /* Remove compiler warnings if configASSERT() is not defined. */ + ( void ) xLastTime; + + /* The tick count has overflowed. The timer lists must be switched. + If there are any timers still referenced from the current timer list + then they must have expired and should be processed before the lists + are switched. */ + while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList ) == pdFALSE ) + { + xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList ); + + /* Remove the timer from the list. */ + pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList ); + vListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ); + + /* Execute its callback, then send a command to restart the timer if + it is an auto-reload timer. It cannot be restarted here as the lists + have not yet been switched. */ + pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer ); + + if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE ) + { + /* Calculate the reload value, and if the reload value results in + the timer going into the same timer list then it has already expired + and the timer should be re-inserted into the current list so it is + processed again within this loop. Otherwise a command should be sent + to restart the timer to ensure it is only inserted into a list after + the lists have been swapped. */ + xReloadTime = ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ); + if( xReloadTime > xNextExpireTime ) + { + listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xReloadTime ); + listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer ); + vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ); + } + else + { + xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY ); + configASSERT( xResult ); + ( void ) xResult; + } + } + } + + pxTemp = pxCurrentTimerList; + pxCurrentTimerList = pxOverflowTimerList; + pxOverflowTimerList = pxTemp; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void ) +{ + /* Check that the list from which active timers are referenced, and the + queue used to communicate with the timer service, have been + initialised. */ + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + if( xTimerQueue == NULL ) + { + vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList1 ); + vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList2 ); + pxCurrentTimerList = &xActiveTimerList1; + pxOverflowTimerList = &xActiveTimerList2; + xTimerQueue = xQueueCreate( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( xTIMER_MESSAGE ) ); + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer ) +{ +portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsInActiveList; +xTIMER *pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer; + + /* Is the timer in the list of active timers? */ + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + /* Checking to see if it is in the NULL list in effect checks to see if + it is referenced from either the current or the overflow timer lists in + one go, but the logic has to be reversed, hence the '!'. */ + xTimerIsInActiveList = !( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) ); + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return xTimerIsInActiveList; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer ) +{ +xTIMER *pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer; + + return pxTimer->pvTimerID; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured +to include software timer functionality. If you want to include software timer +functionality then ensure configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */ +#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS == 1 */ diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/timers.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/timers.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000..f1bcb0d --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/timers.h @@ -0,0 +1,936 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + + FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: + Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development + tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. + See http://www.atollic.com + + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * + * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * + * available. * + * * + * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * + * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * + * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * + * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * + * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * + * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * + * * + * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * + * * + * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. + >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to + distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to + provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY + or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it + can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained + by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the + FreeRTOS WEB site. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and + contact details. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety + critical systems. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, + licensing and training services. +*/ + + +#ifndef TIMERS_H +#define TIMERS_H + +#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H + #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include timers.h" +#endif + +#include "portable.h" +#include "list.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* IDs for commands that can be sent/received on the timer queue. These are to +be used solely through the macros that make up the public software timer API, +as defined below. */ +#define tmrCOMMAND_START 0 +#define tmrCOMMAND_STOP 1 +#define tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD 2 +#define tmrCOMMAND_DELETE 3 + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * MACROS AND DEFINITIONS + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + + /** + * Type by which software timers are referenced. For example, a call to + * xTimerCreate() returns an xTimerHandle variable that can then be used to + * reference the subject timer in calls to other software timer API functions + * (for example, xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), etc.). + */ +typedef void * xTimerHandle; + +/* Define the prototype to which timer callback functions must conform. */ +typedef void (*tmrTIMER_CALLBACK)( xTimerHandle xTimer ); + +/** + * xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char *pcTimerName, + * portTickType xTimerPeriod, + * unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload, + * void * pvTimerID, + * tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction ); + * + * Creates a new software timer instance. This allocates the storage required + * by the new timer, initialises the new timers internal state, and returns a + * handle by which the new timer can be referenced. + * + * Timers are created in the dormant state. The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), + * xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and + * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a timer into the + * active state. + * + * @param pcTimerName A text name that is assigned to the timer. This is done + * purely to assist debugging. The kernel itself only ever references a timer by + * its handle, and never by its name. + * + * @param xTimerPeriod The timer period. The time is defined in tick periods so + * the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time that has been + * specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must expire after 100 + * ticks, then xTimerPeriod should be set to 100. Alternatively, if the timer + * must expire after 500ms, then xPeriod can be set to ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS ) + * provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than or equal to 1000. + * + * @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will + * expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the xTimerPeriod parameter. If + * uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and + * enter the dormant state after it expires. + * + * @param pvTimerID An identifier that is assigned to the timer being created. + * Typically this would be used in the timer callback function to identify which + * timer expired when the same callback function is assigned to more than one + * timer. + * + * @param pxCallbackFunction The function to call when the timer expires. + * Callback functions must have the prototype defined by tmrTIMER_CALLBACK, + * which is "void vCallbackFunction( xTIMER *xTimer );". + * + * @return If the timer is successfully create then a handle to the newly + * created timer is returned. If the timer cannot be created (because either + * there is insufficient FreeRTOS heap remaining to allocate the timer + * structures, or the timer period was set to 0) then 0 is returned. + * + * Example usage: + * + * + * #define NUM_TIMERS 5 + * + * // An array to hold handles to the created timers. + * xTimerHandle xTimers[ NUM_TIMERS ]; + * + * // An array to hold a count of the number of times each timer expires. + * long lExpireCounters[ NUM_TIMERS ] = { 0 }; + * + * // Define a callback function that will be used by multiple timer instances. + * // The callback function does nothing but count the number of times the + * // associated timer expires, and stop the timer once the timer has expired + * // 10 times. + * void vTimerCallback( xTIMER *pxTimer ) + * { + * long lArrayIndex; + * const long xMaxExpiryCountBeforeStopping = 10; + * + * // Optionally do something if the pxTimer parameter is NULL. + * configASSERT( pxTimer ); + * + * // Which timer expired? + * lArrayIndex = ( long ) pvTimerGetTimerID( pxTimer ); + * + * // Increment the number of times that pxTimer has expired. + * lExpireCounters[ lArrayIndex ] += 1; + * + * // If the timer has expired 10 times then stop it from running. + * if( lExpireCounters[ lArrayIndex ] == xMaxExpiryCountBeforeStopping ) + * { + * // Do not use a block time if calling a timer API function from a + * // timer callback function, as doing so could cause a deadlock! + * xTimerStop( pxTimer, 0 ); + * } + * } + * + * void main( void ) + * { + * long x; + * + * // Create then start some timers. Starting the timers before the scheduler + * // has been started means the timers will start running immediately that + * // the scheduler starts. + * for( x = 0; x < NUM_TIMERS; x++ ) + * { + * xTimers[ x ] = xTimerCreate( "Timer", // Just a text name, not used by the kernel. + * ( 100 * x ), // The timer period in ticks. + * pdTRUE, // The timers will auto-reload themselves when they expire. + * ( void * ) x, // Assign each timer a unique id equal to its array index. + * vTimerCallback // Each timer calls the same callback when it expires. + * ); + * + * if( xTimers[ x ] == NULL ) + * { + * // The timer was not created. + * } + * else + * { + * // Start the timer. No block time is specified, and even if one was + * // it would be ignored because the scheduler has not yet been + * // started. + * if( xTimerStart( xTimers[ x ], 0 ) != pdPASS ) + * { + * // The timer could not be set into the Active state. + * } + * } + * } + * + * // ... + * // Create tasks here. + * // ... + * + * // Starting the scheduler will start the timers running as they have already + * // been set into the active state. + * xTaskStartScheduler(); + * + * // Should not reach here. + * for( ;; ); + * } + */ +xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char *pcTimerName, portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload, void * pvTimerID, tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer ); + * + * Returns the ID assigned to the timer. + * + * IDs are assigned to timers using the pvTimerID parameter of the call to + * xTimerCreated() that was used to create the timer. + * + * If the same callback function is assigned to multiple timers then the timer + * ID can be used within the callback function to identify which timer actually + * expired. + * + * @param xTimer The timer being queried. + * + * @return The ID assigned to the timer being queried. + * + * Example usage: + * + * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario. + */ +void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer ); + * + * Queries a timer to see if it is active or dormant. + * + * A timer will be dormant if: + * 1) It has been created but not started, or + * 2) It is an expired on-shot timer that has not been restarted. + * + * Timers are created in the dormant state. The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), + * xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and + * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a timer into the + * active state. + * + * @param xTimer The timer being queried. + * + * @return pdFALSE will be returned if the timer is dormant. A value other than + * pdFALSE will be returned if the timer is active. + * + * Example usage: + * + * // This function assumes xTimer has already been created. + * void vAFunction( xTimerHandle xTimer ) + * { + * if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) != pdFALSE ) // or more simply and equivalently "if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) )" + * { + * // xTimer is active, do something. + * } + * else + * { + * // xTimer is not active, do something else. + * } + * } + */ +portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * portBASE_TYPE xTimerStart( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime ); + * + * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the + * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task + * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is + * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application + * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the + * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant. + * + * xTimerStart() starts a timer that was previously created using the + * xTimerCreate() API function. If the timer had already been started and was + * already in the active state, then xTimerStart() has equivalent functionality + * to the xTimerReset() API function. + * + * Starting a timer ensures the timer is in the active state. If the timer + * is not stopped, deleted, or reset in the mean time, the callback function + * associated with the timer will get called 'n' ticks after xTimerStart() was + * called, where 'n' is the timers defined period. + * + * It is valid to call xTimerStart() before the scheduler has been started, but + * when this is done the timer will not actually start until the scheduler is + * started, and the timers expiry time will be relative to when the scheduler is + * started, not relative to when xTimerStart() was called. + * + * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerStart() + * to be available. + * + * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being started/restarted. + * + * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should + * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the start command to be successfully + * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when + * xTimerStart() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerStart() is called + * before the scheduler is started. + * + * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the start command could not be sent to + * the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will + * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue. + * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the + * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system, although the + * timers expiry time is relative to when xTimerStart() is actually called. The + * timer service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY + * configuration constant. + * + * Example usage: + * + * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario. + * + */ +#define xTimerStart( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) ) + +/** + * portBASE_TYPE xTimerStop( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime ); + * + * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the + * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task + * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is + * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application + * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the + * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant. + * + * xTimerStop() stops a timer that was previously started using either of the + * The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), + * xTimerChangePeriod() or xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions. + * + * Stopping a timer ensures the timer is not in the active state. + * + * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerStop() + * to be available. + * + * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being stopped. + * + * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should + * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the stop command to be successfully + * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when + * xTimerStop() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerStop() is called + * before the scheduler is started. + * + * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the stop command could not be sent to + * the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will + * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue. + * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the + * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer + * service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY + * configuration constant. + * + * Example usage: + * + * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario. + * + */ +#define xTimerStop( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP, 0U, NULL, ( xBlockTime ) ) + +/** + * portBASE_TYPE xTimerChangePeriod( xTimerHandle xTimer, + * portTickType xNewPeriod, + * portTickType xBlockTime ); + * + * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the + * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task + * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is + * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application + * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the + * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant. + * + * xTimerChangePeriod() changes the period of a timer that was previously + * created using the xTimerCreate() API function. + * + * xTimerChangePeriod() can be called to change the period of an active or + * dormant state timer. + * + * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for + * xTimerChangePeriod() to be available. + * + * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is having its period changed. + * + * @param xNewPeriod The new period for xTimer. Timer periods are specified in + * tick periods, so the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time + * that has been specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must + * expire after 100 ticks, then xNewPeriod should be set to 100. Alternatively, + * if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xNewPeriod can be set to + * ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than + * or equal to 1000. + * + * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should + * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the change period command to be + * successfully sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be + * full when xTimerChangePeriod() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if + * xTimerChangePeriod() is called before the scheduler is started. + * + * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the change period command could not be + * sent to the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. + * pdPASS will be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer + * command queue. When the command is actually processed will depend on the + * priority of the timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the + * system. The timer service/daemon task priority is set by the + * configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant. + * + * Example usage: + * + * // This function assumes xTimer has already been created. If the timer + * // referenced by xTimer is already active when it is called, then the timer + * // is deleted. If the timer referenced by xTimer is not active when it is + * // called, then the period of the timer is set to 500ms and the timer is + * // started. + * void vAFunction( xTimerHandle xTimer ) + * { + * if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) != pdFALSE ) // or more simply and equivalently "if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) )" + * { + * // xTimer is already active - delete it. + * xTimerDelete( xTimer ); + * } + * else + * { + * // xTimer is not active, change its period to 500ms. This will also + * // cause the timer to start. Block for a maximum of 100 ticks if the + * // change period command cannot immediately be sent to the timer + * // command queue. + * if( xTimerChangePeriod( xTimer, 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS, 100 ) == pdPASS ) + * { + * // The command was successfully sent. + * } + * else + * { + * // The command could not be sent, even after waiting for 100 ticks + * // to pass. Take appropriate action here. + * } + * } + * } + */ + #define xTimerChangePeriod( xTimer, xNewPeriod, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD, ( xNewPeriod ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) ) + +/** + * portBASE_TYPE xTimerDelete( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime ); + * + * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the + * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task + * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is + * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application + * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the + * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant. + * + * xTimerDelete() deletes a timer that was previously created using the + * xTimerCreate() API function. + * + * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for + * xTimerDelete() to be available. + * + * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being deleted. + * + * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should + * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the delete command to be + * successfully sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be + * full when xTimerDelete() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerDelete() + * is called before the scheduler is started. + * + * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the delete command could not be sent to + * the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will + * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue. + * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the + * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer + * service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY + * configuration constant. + * + * Example usage: + * + * See the xTimerChangePeriod() API function example usage scenario. + */ +#define xTimerDelete( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_DELETE, 0U, NULL, ( xBlockTime ) ) + +/** + * portBASE_TYPE xTimerReset( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime ); + * + * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the + * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task + * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is + * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application + * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the + * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant. + * + * xTimerReset() re-starts a timer that was previously created using the + * xTimerCreate() API function. If the timer had already been started and was + * already in the active state, then xTimerReset() will cause the timer to + * re-evaluate its expiry time so that it is relative to when xTimerReset() was + * called. If the timer was in the dormant state then xTimerReset() has + * equivalent functionality to the xTimerStart() API function. + * + * Resetting a timer ensures the timer is in the active state. If the timer + * is not stopped, deleted, or reset in the mean time, the callback function + * associated with the timer will get called 'n' ticks after xTimerReset() was + * called, where 'n' is the timers defined period. + * + * It is valid to call xTimerReset() before the scheduler has been started, but + * when this is done the timer will not actually start until the scheduler is + * started, and the timers expiry time will be relative to when the scheduler is + * started, not relative to when xTimerReset() was called. + * + * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerReset() + * to be available. + * + * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being reset/started/restarted. + * + * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should + * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the reset command to be successfully + * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when + * xTimerReset() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerReset() is called + * before the scheduler is started. + * + * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the reset command could not be sent to + * the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will + * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue. + * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the + * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system, although the + * timers expiry time is relative to when xTimerStart() is actually called. The + * timer service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY + * configuration constant. + * + * Example usage: + * + * // When a key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass + * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In + * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer. + * + * xTimerHandle xBacklightTimer = NULL; + * + * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the + * // parameter is not used. + * void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTIMER *pxTimer ) + * { + * // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key + * // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light. + * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF ); + * } + * + * // The key press event handler. + * void vKeyPressEventHandler( char cKey ) + * { + * // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then reset the timer that is + * // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of + * // key inactivity. Wait 10 ticks for the command to be successfully sent + * // if it cannot be sent immediately. + * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON ); + * if( xTimerReset( xBacklightTimer, 100 ) != pdPASS ) + * { + * // The reset command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate + * // action here. + * } + * + * // Perform the rest of the key processing here. + * } + * + * void main( void ) + * { + * long x; + * + * // Create then start the one-shot timer that is responsible for turning + * // the back-light off if no keys are pressed within a 5 second period. + * xBacklightTimer = xTimerCreate( "BacklightTimer", // Just a text name, not used by the kernel. + * ( 5000 / portTICK_RATE_MS), // The timer period in ticks. + * pdFALSE, // The timer is a one-shot timer. + * 0, // The id is not used by the callback so can take any value. + * vBacklightTimerCallback // The callback function that switches the LCD back-light off. + * ); + * + * if( xBacklightTimer == NULL ) + * { + * // The timer was not created. + * } + * else + * { + * // Start the timer. No block time is specified, and even if one was + * // it would be ignored because the scheduler has not yet been + * // started. + * if( xTimerStart( xBacklightTimer, 0 ) != pdPASS ) + * { + * // The timer could not be set into the Active state. + * } + * } + * + * // ... + * // Create tasks here. + * // ... + * + * // Starting the scheduler will start the timer running as it has already + * // been set into the active state. + * xTaskStartScheduler(); + * + * // Should not reach here. + * for( ;; ); + * } + */ +#define xTimerReset( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) ) + +/** + * portBASE_TYPE xTimerStartFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer, + * portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); + * + * A version of xTimerStart() that can be called from an interrupt service + * routine. + * + * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being started/restarted. + * + * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most + * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer + * command queue. Calling xTimerStartFromISR() writes a message to the timer + * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon + * task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerStartFromISR() causes the + * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/ + * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing + * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will + * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerStartFromISR() function. If + * xTimerStartFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should + * be performed before the interrupt exits. + * + * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the start command could not be sent to + * the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was + * successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually + * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task + * relative to other tasks in the system, although the timers expiry time is + * relative to when xTimerStartFromISR() is actually called. The timer service/daemon + * task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant. + * + * Example usage: + * + * // This scenario assumes xBacklightTimer has already been created. When a + * // key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass + * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In + * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer, and unlike the example given for + * // the xTimerReset() function, the key press event handler is an interrupt + * // service routine. + * + * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the + * // parameter is not used. + * void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTIMER *pxTimer ) + * { + * // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key + * // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light. + * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF ); + * } + * + * // The key press interrupt service routine. + * void vKeyPressEventInterruptHandler( void ) + * { + * portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; + * + * // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then restart the timer that is + * // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of + * // key inactivity. This is an interrupt service routine so can only + * // call FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR". + * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON ); + * + * // xTimerStartFromISR() or xTimerResetFromISR() could be called here + * // as both cause the timer to re-calculate its expiry time. + * // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was initialised to pdFALSE when it was + * // declared (in this function). + * if( xTimerStartFromISR( xBacklightTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS ) + * { + * // The start command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate + * // action here. + * } + * + * // Perform the rest of the key processing here. + * + * // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch + * // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch + * // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to + * // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the + * // actual syntax required. + * if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE ) + * { + * // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function + * // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used. + * } + * } + */ +#define xTimerStartFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U ) + +/** + * portBASE_TYPE xTimerStopFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer, + * portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); + * + * A version of xTimerStop() that can be called from an interrupt service + * routine. + * + * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being stopped. + * + * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most + * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer + * command queue. Calling xTimerStopFromISR() writes a message to the timer + * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon + * task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerStopFromISR() causes the + * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/ + * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing + * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will + * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerStopFromISR() function. If + * xTimerStopFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should + * be performed before the interrupt exits. + * + * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the stop command could not be sent to + * the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was + * successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually + * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task + * relative to other tasks in the system. The timer service/daemon task + * priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant. + * + * Example usage: + * + * // This scenario assumes xTimer has already been created and started. When + * // an interrupt occurs, the timer should be simply stopped. + * + * // The interrupt service routine that stops the timer. + * void vAnExampleInterruptServiceRoutine( void ) + * { + * portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; + * + * // The interrupt has occurred - simply stop the timer. + * // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdFALSE where it was defined + * // (within this function). As this is an interrupt service routine, only + * // FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used. + * if( xTimerStopFromISR( xTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS ) + * { + * // The stop command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate + * // action here. + * } + * + * // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch + * // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch + * // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to + * // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the + * // actual syntax required. + * if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE ) + * { + * // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function + * // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used. + * } + * } + */ +#define xTimerStopFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP, 0, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U ) + +/** + * portBASE_TYPE xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer, + * portTickType xNewPeriod, + * portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); + * + * A version of xTimerChangePeriod() that can be called from an interrupt + * service routine. + * + * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is having its period changed. + * + * @param xNewPeriod The new period for xTimer. Timer periods are specified in + * tick periods, so the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time + * that has been specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must + * expire after 100 ticks, then xNewPeriod should be set to 100. Alternatively, + * if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xNewPeriod can be set to + * ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than + * or equal to 1000. + * + * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most + * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer + * command queue. Calling xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() writes a message to the + * timer command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/ + * daemon task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() + * causes the timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the + * timer service/daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the + * currently executing task (the task that was interrupted), then + * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE internally within the + * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() function. If xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() sets + * this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should be performed before the + * interrupt exits. + * + * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the command to change the timers period + * could not be sent to the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the + * command was successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command + * is actually processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon + * task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer service/daemon task + * priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant. + * + * Example usage: + * + * // This scenario assumes xTimer has already been created and started. When + * // an interrupt occurs, the period of xTimer should be changed to 500ms. + * + * // The interrupt service routine that changes the period of xTimer. + * void vAnExampleInterruptServiceRoutine( void ) + * { + * portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; + * + * // The interrupt has occurred - change the period of xTimer to 500ms. + * // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdFALSE where it was defined + * // (within this function). As this is an interrupt service routine, only + * // FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used. + * if( xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS ) + * { + * // The command to change the timers period was not executed + * // successfully. Take appropriate action here. + * } + * + * // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch + * // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch + * // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to + * // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the + * // actual syntax required. + * if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE ) + * { + * // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function + * // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used. + * } + * } + */ +#define xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimer, xNewPeriod, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD, ( xNewPeriod ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U ) + +/** + * portBASE_TYPE xTimerResetFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer, + * portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); + * + * A version of xTimerReset() that can be called from an interrupt service + * routine. + * + * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is to be started, reset, or + * restarted. + * + * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most + * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer + * command queue. Calling xTimerResetFromISR() writes a message to the timer + * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon + * task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerResetFromISR() causes the + * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/ + * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing + * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will + * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerResetFromISR() function. If + * xTimerResetFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should + * be performed before the interrupt exits. + * + * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the reset command could not be sent to + * the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was + * successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually + * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task + * relative to other tasks in the system, although the timers expiry time is + * relative to when xTimerResetFromISR() is actually called. The timer service/daemon + * task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant. + * + * Example usage: + * + * // This scenario assumes xBacklightTimer has already been created. When a + * // key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass + * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In + * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer, and unlike the example given for + * // the xTimerReset() function, the key press event handler is an interrupt + * // service routine. + * + * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the + * // parameter is not used. + * void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTIMER *pxTimer ) + * { + * // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key + * // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light. + * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF ); + * } + * + * // The key press interrupt service routine. + * void vKeyPressEventInterruptHandler( void ) + * { + * portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; + * + * // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then reset the timer that is + * // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of + * // key inactivity. This is an interrupt service routine so can only + * // call FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR". + * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON ); + * + * // xTimerStartFromISR() or xTimerResetFromISR() could be called here + * // as both cause the timer to re-calculate its expiry time. + * // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was initialised to pdFALSE when it was + * // declared (in this function). + * if( xTimerResetFromISR( xBacklightTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS ) + * { + * // The reset command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate + * // action here. + * } + * + * // Perform the rest of the key processing here. + * + * // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch + * // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch + * // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to + * // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the + * // actual syntax required. + * if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE ) + * { + * // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function + * // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used. + * } + * } + */ +#define xTimerResetFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U ) + +/* + * Functions beyond this part are not part of the public API and are intended + * for use by the kernel only. + */ +portBASE_TYPE xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +portBASE_TYPE xTimerGenericCommand( xTimerHandle xTimer, portBASE_TYPE xCommandID, portTickType xOptionalValue, portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portTickType xBlockTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif /* TIMERS_H */ + + + diff --git a/libraries/LiquidCrystal/LiquidCrystal.cpp b/libraries/LiquidCrystal/LiquidCrystal.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5cfb1ca --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/LiquidCrystal/LiquidCrystal.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,333 @@ +#include "LiquidCrystal.h" + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <wirish/WProgram.h> + +// When the display powers up, it is configured as follows: +// +// 1. Display clear +// 2. Function set: +// DL = 1; 8-bit interface data +// N = 0; 1-line display +// F = 0; 5x8 dot character font +// 3. Display on/off control: +// D = 0; Display off +// C = 0; Cursor off +// B = 0; Blinking off +// 4. Entry mode set: +// I/D = 1; Increment by 1 +// S = 0; No shift +// +// Note, however, that resetting the Arduino doesn't reset the LCD, so we +// can't assume that its in that state when a sketch starts (and the +// LiquidCrystal constructor is called). + +// This library has been modified to be compatible with the LeafLabs Maple; +// very conservative timing is used due to problems with delayMicroseconds() +// that should be fixed in the 0.0.7 release of the libmaple. [bnewbold] + +LiquidCrystal::LiquidCrystal(uint8 rs, uint8 rw, uint8 enable, + uint8 d0, uint8 d1, uint8 d2, uint8 d3, + uint8 d4, uint8 d5, uint8 d6, uint8 d7) +{ + init(0, rs, rw, enable, d0, d1, d2, d3, d4, d5, d6, d7); +} + +LiquidCrystal::LiquidCrystal(uint8 rs, uint8 enable, + uint8 d0, uint8 d1, uint8 d2, uint8 d3, + uint8 d4, uint8 d5, uint8 d6, uint8 d7) +{ + init(0, rs, 255, enable, d0, d1, d2, d3, d4, d5, d6, d7); +} + +LiquidCrystal::LiquidCrystal(uint8 rs, uint8 rw, uint8 enable, + uint8 d0, uint8 d1, uint8 d2, uint8 d3) +{ + init(1, rs, rw, enable, d0, d1, d2, d3, 0, 0, 0, 0); +} + +LiquidCrystal::LiquidCrystal(uint8 rs, uint8 enable, + uint8 d0, uint8 d1, uint8 d2, uint8 d3) +{ + init(1, rs, 255, enable, d0, d1, d2, d3, 0, 0, 0, 0); +} + +void LiquidCrystal::init(uint8 fourbitmode, uint8 rs, uint8 rw, uint8 enable, + uint8 d0, uint8 d1, uint8 d2, uint8 d3, + uint8 d4, uint8 d5, uint8 d6, uint8 d7) +{ + _rs_pin = rs; + _rw_pin = rw; + _enable_pin = enable; + + _data_pins[0] = d0; + _data_pins[1] = d1; + _data_pins[2] = d2; + _data_pins[3] = d3; + _data_pins[4] = d4; + _data_pins[5] = d5; + _data_pins[6] = d6; + _data_pins[7] = d7; + + for (int i = 0; i < 8 - fourbitmode * 4; i++) { + pinMode(_data_pins[i], OUTPUT); + } + + pinMode(_rs_pin, OUTPUT); + // we can save 1 pin by not using RW. Indicate by passing 255 instead of pin# + if (_rw_pin != 255) { + pinMode(_rw_pin, OUTPUT); + } + pinMode(_enable_pin, OUTPUT); + + if (fourbitmode) + _displayfunction = LCD_4BITMODE | LCD_1LINE | LCD_5x8DOTS; + else + _displayfunction = LCD_8BITMODE | LCD_1LINE | LCD_5x8DOTS; + + // TODO: bnewbold, re-enable this? + begin(16, 1); +} + +void LiquidCrystal::begin(uint8 cols, uint8 lines, uint8 dotsize) { + if (lines > 1) { + _displayfunction |= LCD_2LINE; + } + _numlines = lines; + _currline = 0; + + // for some 1 line displays you can select a 10 pixel high font + if ((dotsize != 0) && (lines == 1)) { + _displayfunction |= LCD_5x10DOTS; + } + + // SEE PAGE 45/46 FOR INITIALIZATION SPECIFICATION! according to + // datasheet, we need at least 40ms after power rises above 2.7V + // before sending commands. Arduino can turn on way befer 4.5V so + // we'll wait 50 + delay(50); // Maple mod + //delayMicroseconds(50000); + // Now we pull both RS and R/W low to begin commands + digitalWrite(_rs_pin, LOW); + digitalWrite(_enable_pin, LOW); + if (_rw_pin != 255) { + digitalWrite(_rw_pin, LOW); + } + + //put the LCD into 4 bit or 8 bit mode + if (! (_displayfunction & LCD_8BITMODE)) { + // this is according to the hitachi HD44780 datasheet + // figure 24, pg 46 + + // we start in 8bit mode, try to set 4 bit mode + write4bits(0x03); + delay(5); // Maple mod + //delayMicroseconds(4500); // wait min 4.1ms + + // second try + write4bits(0x03); + delay(5); // Maple mod + //delayMicroseconds(4500); // wait min 4.1ms + + // third go! + write4bits(0x03); + delay(1); // Maple mod + //delayMicroseconds(150); + + // finally, set to 8-bit interface + write4bits(0x02); + } else { + // this is according to the hitachi HD44780 datasheet + // page 45 figure 23 + + // Send function set command sequence + command(LCD_FUNCTIONSET | _displayfunction); + delay(5); // Maple mod + //delayMicroseconds(4500); // wait more than 4.1ms + + // second try + command(LCD_FUNCTIONSET | _displayfunction); + delay(1); // Maple mod + //delayMicroseconds(150); + + // third go + command(LCD_FUNCTIONSET | _displayfunction); + } + + // finally, set # lines, font size, etc. + command(LCD_FUNCTIONSET | _displayfunction); + + // turn the display on with no cursor or blinking default + _displaycontrol = LCD_DISPLAYON | LCD_CURSOROFF | LCD_BLINKOFF; + display(); + + // clear it off + clear(); + + // Initialize to default text direction (for romance languages) + _displaymode = LCD_ENTRYLEFT | LCD_ENTRYSHIFTDECREMENT; + // set the entry mode + command(LCD_ENTRYMODESET | _displaymode); + +} + +/********** high level commands, for the user! */ +void LiquidCrystal::clear() +{ + command(LCD_CLEARDISPLAY); // clear display, set cursor position to zero + delay(2); // Maple mod + //delayMicroseconds(2000); // this command takes a long time! +} + +void LiquidCrystal::home() +{ + command(LCD_RETURNHOME); // set cursor position to zero + delay(2); // Maple mod + //delayMicroseconds(2000); // this command takes a long time! +} + +void LiquidCrystal::setCursor(uint8 col, uint8 row) +{ + int row_offsets[] = { 0x00, 0x40, 0x14, 0x54 }; + if ( row > _numlines ) { + row = _numlines-1; // we count rows starting w/0 + } + + command(LCD_SETDDRAMADDR | (col + row_offsets[row])); +} + +// Turn the display on/off (quickly) +void LiquidCrystal::noDisplay() { + _displaycontrol &= ~LCD_DISPLAYON; + command(LCD_DISPLAYCONTROL | _displaycontrol); +} +void LiquidCrystal::display() { + _displaycontrol |= LCD_DISPLAYON; + command(LCD_DISPLAYCONTROL | _displaycontrol); +} + +// Turns the underline cursor on/off +void LiquidCrystal::noCursor() { + _displaycontrol &= ~LCD_CURSORON; + command(LCD_DISPLAYCONTROL | _displaycontrol); +} +void LiquidCrystal::cursor() { + _displaycontrol |= LCD_CURSORON; + command(LCD_DISPLAYCONTROL | _displaycontrol); +} + +// Turn on and off the blinking cursor +void LiquidCrystal::noBlink() { + _displaycontrol &= ~LCD_BLINKON; + command(LCD_DISPLAYCONTROL | _displaycontrol); +} +void LiquidCrystal::blink() { + _displaycontrol |= LCD_BLINKON; + command(LCD_DISPLAYCONTROL | _displaycontrol); +} + +// These commands scroll the display without changing the RAM +void LiquidCrystal::scrollDisplayLeft(void) { + command(LCD_CURSORSHIFT | LCD_DISPLAYMOVE | LCD_MOVELEFT); +} +void LiquidCrystal::scrollDisplayRight(void) { + command(LCD_CURSORSHIFT | LCD_DISPLAYMOVE | LCD_MOVERIGHT); +} + +// This is for text that flows Left to Right +void LiquidCrystal::leftToRight(void) { + _displaymode |= LCD_ENTRYLEFT; + command(LCD_ENTRYMODESET | _displaymode); +} + +// This is for text that flows Right to Left +void LiquidCrystal::rightToLeft(void) { + _displaymode &= ~LCD_ENTRYLEFT; + command(LCD_ENTRYMODESET | _displaymode); +} + +// This will 'right justify' text from the cursor +void LiquidCrystal::autoscroll(void) { + _displaymode |= LCD_ENTRYSHIFTINCREMENT; + command(LCD_ENTRYMODESET | _displaymode); +} + +// This will 'left justify' text from the cursor +void LiquidCrystal::noAutoscroll(void) { + _displaymode &= ~LCD_ENTRYSHIFTINCREMENT; + command(LCD_ENTRYMODESET | _displaymode); +} + +// Allows us to fill the first 8 CGRAM locations +// with custom characters +void LiquidCrystal::createChar(uint8 location, uint8 charmap[]) { + location &= 0x7; // we only have 8 locations 0-7 + command(LCD_SETCGRAMADDR | (location << 3)); + for (int i=0; i<8; i++) { + write(charmap[i]); + } +} + +/*********** mid level commands, for sending data/cmds */ + +inline void LiquidCrystal::command(uint8 value) { + send(value, LOW); +} + +inline void LiquidCrystal::write(uint8 value) { + send(value, HIGH); +} + +/************ low level data pushing commands **********/ + +// write either command or data, with automatic 4/8-bit selection +void LiquidCrystal::send(uint8 value, uint8 mode) { + digitalWrite(_rs_pin, mode); + + // if there is a RW pin indicated, set it low to Write + if (_rw_pin != 255) { + digitalWrite(_rw_pin, LOW); + } + + if (_displayfunction & LCD_8BITMODE) { + write8bits(value); + } else { + write4bits(value>>4); + write4bits(value); + } +} + +void LiquidCrystal::pulseEnable(void) { + // _enable_pin should already be LOW (unless someone else messed + // with it), so don't sit around waiting for long. + digitalWrite(_enable_pin, LOW); + delayMicroseconds(1); + + // Enable pulse must be > 450 ns. Value chosen here according to + // the following threads: + // http://forums.leaflabs.com/topic.php?id=640 + // http://forums.leaflabs.com/topic.php?id=512 + togglePin(_enable_pin); + delayMicroseconds(1); + togglePin(_enable_pin); + + // Commands needs > 37us to settle. + delayMicroseconds(42); +} + +void LiquidCrystal::write4bits(uint8 value) { + for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) { + digitalWrite(_data_pins[i], (value >> i) & 0x01); + } + + pulseEnable(); +} + +void LiquidCrystal::write8bits(uint8 value) { + for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++) { + digitalWrite(_data_pins[i], (value >> i) & 0x01); + } + + pulseEnable(); +} diff --git a/libraries/LiquidCrystal/LiquidCrystal.h b/libraries/LiquidCrystal/LiquidCrystal.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..06a159d --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/LiquidCrystal/LiquidCrystal.h @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +#ifndef LiquidCrystal_h +#define LiquidCrystal_h + +//#include <inttypes.h> +#include <wirish/wirish.h> +#include <wirish/Print.h> + +// commands +#define LCD_CLEARDISPLAY 0x01 +#define LCD_RETURNHOME 0x02 +#define LCD_ENTRYMODESET 0x04 +#define LCD_DISPLAYCONTROL 0x08 +#define LCD_CURSORSHIFT 0x10 +#define LCD_FUNCTIONSET 0x20 +#define LCD_SETCGRAMADDR 0x40 +#define LCD_SETDDRAMADDR 0x80 + +// flags for display entry mode +#define LCD_ENTRYRIGHT 0x00 +#define LCD_ENTRYLEFT 0x02 +#define LCD_ENTRYSHIFTINCREMENT 0x01 +#define LCD_ENTRYSHIFTDECREMENT 0x00 + +// flags for display on/off control +#define LCD_DISPLAYON 0x04 +#define LCD_DISPLAYOFF 0x00 +#define LCD_CURSORON 0x02 +#define LCD_CURSOROFF 0x00 +#define LCD_BLINKON 0x01 +#define LCD_BLINKOFF 0x00 + +// flags for display/cursor shift +#define LCD_DISPLAYMOVE 0x08 +#define LCD_CURSORMOVE 0x00 +#define LCD_MOVERIGHT 0x04 +#define LCD_MOVELEFT 0x00 + +// flags for function set +#define LCD_8BITMODE 0x10 +#define LCD_4BITMODE 0x00 +#define LCD_2LINE 0x08 +#define LCD_1LINE 0x00 +#define LCD_5x10DOTS 0x04 +#define LCD_5x8DOTS 0x00 + +class LiquidCrystal : public Print { +public: + LiquidCrystal(uint8 rs, uint8 enable, + uint8 d0, uint8 d1, uint8 d2, uint8 d3, + uint8 d4, uint8 d5, uint8 d6, uint8 d7); + LiquidCrystal(uint8 rs, uint8 rw, uint8 enable, + uint8 d0, uint8 d1, uint8 d2, uint8 d3, + uint8 d4, uint8 d5, uint8 d6, uint8 d7); + LiquidCrystal(uint8 rs, uint8 rw, uint8 enable, + uint8 d0, uint8 d1, uint8 d2, uint8 d3); + LiquidCrystal(uint8 rs, uint8 enable, + uint8 d0, uint8 d1, uint8 d2, uint8 d3); + + void init(uint8 fourbitmode, uint8 rs, uint8 rw, uint8 enable, + uint8 d0, uint8 d1, uint8 d2, uint8 d3, + uint8 d4, uint8 d5, uint8 d6, uint8 d7); + + void begin(uint8 cols, uint8 rows, uint8 charsize = LCD_5x8DOTS); + + void clear(); + void home(); + + void noDisplay(); + void display(); + void noBlink(); + void blink(); + void noCursor(); + void cursor(); + void scrollDisplayLeft(); + void scrollDisplayRight(); + void leftToRight(); + void rightToLeft(); + void autoscroll(); + void noAutoscroll(); + + void createChar(uint8, uint8[]); + void setCursor(uint8, uint8); + virtual void write(uint8); + void command(uint8); +private: + void send(uint8, uint8); + void write4bits(uint8); + void write8bits(uint8); + void pulseEnable(); + + uint8 _rs_pin; // LOW: command. HIGH: character. + uint8 _rw_pin; // LOW: write to LCD. HIGH: read from LCD. + uint8 _enable_pin; // activated by a HIGH pulse. + uint8 _data_pins[8]; + + uint8 _displayfunction; + uint8 _displaycontrol; + uint8 _displaymode; + + uint8 _initialized; + + uint8 _numlines,_currline; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/libraries/LiquidCrystal/rules.mk b/libraries/LiquidCrystal/rules.mk new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7b18203 --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/LiquidCrystal/rules.mk @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +# Standard things +sp := $(sp).x +dirstack_$(sp) := $(d) +d := $(dir) +BUILDDIRS += $(BUILD_PATH)/$(d) + +# Local flags +CFLAGS_$(d) := $(WIRISH_INCLUDES) $(LIBMAPLE_INCLUDES) + +# Local rules and targets +cSRCS_$(d) := + +cppSRCS_$(d) := LiquidCrystal.cpp + +cFILES_$(d) := $(cSRCS_$(d):%=$(d)/%) +cppFILES_$(d) := $(cppSRCS_$(d):%=$(d)/%) + +OBJS_$(d) := $(cFILES_$(d):%.c=$(BUILD_PATH)/%.o) \ + $(cppFILES_$(d):%.cpp=$(BUILD_PATH)/%.o) +DEPS_$(d) := $(OBJS_$(d):%.o=%.d) + +$(OBJS_$(d)): TGT_CFLAGS := $(CFLAGS_$(d)) + +TGT_BIN += $(OBJS_$(d)) + +# Standard things +-include $(DEPS_$(d)) +d := $(dirstack_$(sp)) +sp := $(basename $(sp))
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/libraries/Servo/Servo.cpp b/libraries/Servo/Servo.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ecb85e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/Servo/Servo.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +/****************************************************************************** + * The MIT License + * + * Copyright (c) 2010, LeafLabs, LLC. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person + * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation + * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without + * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, + * modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies + * of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS + * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE + * SOFTWARE. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "Servo.h" + +#include <wirish/boards.h> +#include <wirish/io.h> +#include <wirish/pwm.h> +#include <wirish/wirish_math.h> + +// 20 millisecond period config. For a 1-based prescaler, +// +// (prescaler * overflow / CYC_MSEC) msec = 1 timer cycle = 20 msec +// => prescaler * overflow = 20 * CYC_MSEC +// +// This picks the smallest prescaler that allows an overflow < 2^16. +#define MAX_OVERFLOW ((1 << 16) - 1) +#define CYC_MSEC (1000 * CYCLES_PER_MICROSECOND) +#define TAU_MSEC 20 +#define TAU_USEC (TAU_MSEC * 1000) +#define TAU_CYC (TAU_MSEC * CYC_MSEC) +#define SERVO_PRESCALER (TAU_CYC / MAX_OVERFLOW + 1) +#define SERVO_OVERFLOW ((uint16)round((double)TAU_CYC / SERVO_PRESCALER)) + +// Unit conversions +#define US_TO_COMPARE(us) ((uint16)map((us), 0, TAU_USEC, 0, SERVO_OVERFLOW)) +#define COMPARE_TO_US(c) ((uint32)map((c), 0, SERVO_OVERFLOW, 0, TAU_USEC)) +#define ANGLE_TO_US(a) ((uint16)(map((a), this->minAngle, this->maxAngle, \ + this->minPW, this->maxPW))) +#define US_TO_ANGLE(us) ((int16)(map((us), this->minPW, this->maxPW, \ + this->minAngle, this->maxAngle))) + +Servo::Servo() { + this->resetFields(); +} + +bool Servo::attach(uint8 pin, + uint16 minPW, + uint16 maxPW, + int16 minAngle, + int16 maxAngle) { + timer_dev *tdev = PIN_MAP[pin].timer_device; + + if (tdev == NULL) { + // don't reset any fields or ASSERT(0), to keep driving any + // previously attach()ed servo. + return false; + } + + if (this->attached()) { + this->detach(); + } + + this->pin = pin; + this->minPW = minPW; + this->maxPW = maxPW; + this->minAngle = minAngle; + this->maxAngle = maxAngle; + + pinMode(pin, PWM); + + timer_pause(tdev); + timer_set_prescaler(tdev, SERVO_PRESCALER - 1); // prescaler is 1-based + timer_set_reload(tdev, SERVO_OVERFLOW); + timer_generate_update(tdev); + timer_resume(tdev); + + return true; +} + +bool Servo::detach() { + if (!this->attached()) { + return false; + } + + timer_dev *tdev = PIN_MAP[this->pin].timer_device; + uint8 tchan = PIN_MAP[this->pin].timer_channel; + timer_set_mode(tdev, tchan, TIMER_DISABLED); + + this->resetFields(); + + return true; +} + +void Servo::write(int degrees) { + degrees = constrain(degrees, this->minAngle, this->maxAngle); + this->writeMicroseconds(ANGLE_TO_US(degrees)); +} + +int Servo::read() const { + int a = US_TO_ANGLE(this->readMicroseconds()); + // map() round-trips in a weird way we mostly correct for here; + // the round-trip is still sometimes off-by-one for write(1) and + // write(179). + return a == this->minAngle || a == this->maxAngle ? a : a + 1; +} + +void Servo::writeMicroseconds(uint16 pulseWidth) { + if (!this->attached()) { + ASSERT(0); + return; + } + + pulseWidth = constrain(pulseWidth, this->minPW, this->maxPW); + pwmWrite(this->pin, US_TO_COMPARE(pulseWidth)); +} + +uint16 Servo::readMicroseconds() const { + if (!this->attached()) { + ASSERT(0); + return 0; + } + + stm32_pin_info pin_info = PIN_MAP[this->pin]; + uint16 compare = timer_get_compare(pin_info.timer_device, + pin_info.timer_channel); + + return COMPARE_TO_US(compare); +} + +void Servo::resetFields(void) { + this->pin = NOT_ATTACHED; + this->minAngle = SERVO_DEFAULT_MIN_ANGLE; + this->maxAngle = SERVO_DEFAULT_MAX_ANGLE; + this->minPW = SERVO_DEFAULT_MIN_PW; + this->maxPW = SERVO_DEFAULT_MAX_PW; +} diff --git a/libraries/Servo/Servo.h b/libraries/Servo/Servo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..94e1e00 --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/Servo/Servo.h @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +/****************************************************************************** + * The MIT License + * + * Copyright (c) 2010, LeafLabs, LLC. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person + * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation + * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without + * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, + * modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies + * of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS + * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE + * SOFTWARE. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef _SERVO_H_ +#define _SERVO_H_ + +#include <libmaple/libmaple_types.h> +#include <libmaple/timer.h> + +#include <wirish/wirish_types.h> + +/* + * Note on Arduino compatibility: + * + * In the Arduino implementation, PWM is done "by hand" in the sense + * that timer channels are hijacked in groups and an ISR is set which + * toggles Servo::attach()ed pins using digitalWrite(). + * + * While this scheme allows any pin to drive a servo, it chews up + * cycles and complicates the programmer's notion of when a particular + * timer channel will be in use. + * + * This implementation only allows Servo instances to attach() to pins + * that already have a timer channel associated with them, and just + * uses pwmWrite() to drive the wave. + * + * This introduces an incompatibility: while the Arduino + * implementation of attach() returns the affected channel on success + * and 0 on failure, this one returns true on success and false on + * failure. + * + * RC Servos expect a pulse every 20ms. Since periods are set for + * entire timers, rather than individual channels, attach()ing a Servo + * to a pin can interfere with other pins associated with the same + * timer. As always, your board's pin map is your friend. + */ + +// Pin number of unattached pins +#define NOT_ATTACHED (-1) + +// Default min/max pulse widths (in microseconds) and angles (in +// degrees). Values chosen for Arduino compatibility. These values +// are part of the public API; DO NOT CHANGE THEM. +#define SERVO_DEFAULT_MIN_PW 544 +#define SERVO_DEFAULT_MAX_PW 2400 +#define SERVO_DEFAULT_MIN_ANGLE 0 +#define SERVO_DEFAULT_MAX_ANGLE 180 + +/** Class for interfacing with RC servomotors. */ +class Servo { +public: + /** + * @brief Construct a new Servo instance. + * + * The new instance will not be attached to any pin. + */ + Servo(); + + /** + * @brief Associate this instance with a servomotor whose input is + * connected to pin. + * + * If this instance is already attached to a pin, it will be + * detached before being attached to the new pin. This function + * doesn't detach any interrupt attached with the pin's timer + * channel. + * + * @param pin Pin connected to the servo pulse wave input. This + * pin must be capable of PWM output. + * + * @param minPulseWidth Minimum pulse width to write to pin, in + * microseconds. This will be associated + * with a minAngle degree angle. Defaults to + * SERVO_DEFAULT_MIN_PW = 544. + * + * @param maxPulseWidth Maximum pulse width to write to pin, in + * microseconds. This will be associated + * with a maxAngle degree angle. Defaults to + * SERVO_DEFAULT_MAX_PW = 2400. + * + * @param minAngle Target angle (in degrees) associated with + * minPulseWidth. Defaults to + * SERVO_DEFAULT_MIN_ANGLE = 0. + * + * @param maxAngle Target angle (in degrees) associated with + * maxPulseWidth. Defaults to + * SERVO_DEFAULT_MAX_ANGLE = 180. + * + * @sideeffect May set pinMode(pin, PWM). + * + * @return true if successful, false when pin doesn't support PWM. + */ + bool attach(uint8 pin, + uint16 minPulseWidth=SERVO_DEFAULT_MIN_PW, + uint16 maxPulseWidth=SERVO_DEFAULT_MAX_PW, + int16 minAngle=SERVO_DEFAULT_MIN_ANGLE, + int16 maxAngle=SERVO_DEFAULT_MAX_ANGLE); + + /** + * @brief Check if this instance is attached to a servo. + * @return true if this instance is attached to a servo, false otherwise. + * @see Servo::attachedPin() + */ + bool attached() const { return this->pin != NOT_ATTACHED; } + + /** + * @brief Get the pin this instance is attached to. + * @return Pin number if currently attached to a pin, NOT_ATTACHED + * otherwise. + * @see Servo::attach() + */ + int attachedPin() const { return this->pin; } + + /** + * @brief Stop driving the servo pulse train. + * + * If not currently attached to a motor, this function has no effect. + * + * @return true if this call did anything, false otherwise. + */ + bool detach(); + + /** + * @brief Set the servomotor target angle. + * + * @param angle Target angle, in degrees. If the target angle is + * outside the range specified at attach() time, it + * will be clamped to lie in that range. + * + * @see Servo::attach() + */ + void write(int angle); + + + /** + * Get the servomotor's target angle, in degrees. This will + * lie inside the range specified at attach() time. + * + * @see Servo::attach() + */ + int read() const; + + /** + * @brief Set the pulse width, in microseconds. + * + * @param pulseWidth Pulse width to send to the servomotor, in + * microseconds. If outside of the range + * specified at attach() time, it is clamped to + * lie in that range. + * + * @see Servo::attach() + */ + void writeMicroseconds(uint16 pulseWidth); + + /** + * Get the current pulse width, in microseconds. This will + * lie within the range specified at attach() time. + * + * @see Servo::attach() + */ + uint16 readMicroseconds() const; + +private: + int16 pin; + uint16 minPW; + uint16 maxPW; + int16 minAngle; + int16 maxAngle; + + void resetFields(void); +}; + +#endif /* _SERVO_H_ */ diff --git a/libraries/Servo/rules.mk b/libraries/Servo/rules.mk new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e013754 --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/Servo/rules.mk @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +# Standard things +sp := $(sp).x +dirstack_$(sp) := $(d) +d := $(dir) +BUILDDIRS += $(BUILD_PATH)/$(d) + +# Local flags +CXXFLAGS_$(d) := $(WIRISH_INCLUDES) $(LIBMAPLE_INCLUDES) + +# Local rules and targets +cSRCS_$(d) := + +cppSRCS_$(d) := Servo.cpp + +cFILES_$(d) := $(cSRCS_$(d):%=$(d)/%) +cppFILES_$(d) := $(cppSRCS_$(d):%=$(d)/%) + +OBJS_$(d) := $(cFILES_$(d):%.c=$(BUILD_PATH)/%.o) \ + $(cppFILES_$(d):%.cpp=$(BUILD_PATH)/%.o) +DEPS_$(d) := $(OBJS_$(d):%.o=%.d) + +$(OBJS_$(d)): TGT_CXXFLAGS := $(CXXFLAGS_$(d)) + +TGT_BIN += $(OBJS_$(d)) + +# Standard things +-include $(DEPS_$(d)) +d := $(dirstack_$(sp)) +sp := $(basename $(sp))
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/libraries/Wire/HardWire.cpp b/libraries/Wire/HardWire.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c2412f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/Wire/HardWire.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/****************************************************************************** + * The MIT License + * + * Copyright (c) 2010 LeafLabs LLC. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person + * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation + * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without + * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, + * modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies + * of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS + * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE + * SOFTWARE. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * @file HardWire.cpp + * @author Trystan Jones <crenn6977@gmail.com> + * @brief Wire library, uses the hardware I2C available in the Maple to + * interact with I2C slave devices. + */ + +/* + * Library created by crenn to use the new WireBase system and allow Arduino + * users easy interaction with the I2C Hardware in a familiar method. + */ + +#include <Wire/HardWire.h> + +uint8 HardWire::process() { + int8 res = i2c_master_xfer(sel_hard, &itc_msg, 1, 0); + if (res != 0) { + i2c_disable(sel_hard); + i2c_master_enable(sel_hard, (I2C_BUS_RESET | dev_flags)); + } + return 0; +} + +// TODO: Add in Error Handling if devsel is out of range for other Maples +HardWire::HardWire(uint8 dev_sel, uint8 flags) { + if (dev_sel == 1) { + sel_hard = I2C1; + } else if (dev_sel == 2) { + sel_hard = I2C2; + } else { + ASSERT(1); + } + dev_flags=flags; + i2c_master_enable(sel_hard, flags); +} + +HardWire::~HardWire() { + i2c_disable(sel_hard); + sel_hard = 0; +} diff --git a/libraries/Wire/HardWire.h b/libraries/Wire/HardWire.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d6eb54a --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/Wire/HardWire.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/****************************************************************************** + * The MIT License + * + * Copyright (c) 2010 LeafLabs LLC. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person + * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation + * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without + * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, + * modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies + * of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS + * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE + * SOFTWARE. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * @file HardWire.h + * @author Trystan Jones <crenn6977@gmail.com> + * @brief Wire library, uses the hardware I2C available in the Maple to + * interact with I2C slave devices. + */ + +/* + * Library created by crenn to use the new WireBase system and allow Arduino + * users easy interaction with the I2C Hardware in a familiar method. + */ + +#ifndef _HARDWIRE_H_ +#define _HARDWIRE_H_ + +#include <Wire/WireBase.h> +#include <wirish/wirish.h> +#include <libmaple/i2c.h> + +class HardWire : public WireBase { +private: + i2c_dev* sel_hard; + uint8 dev_flags; +protected: + /* + * Processes the incoming I2C message defined by WireBase to the + * hardware. If an error occured, restart the I2C device. + */ + uint8 process(); +public: + /* + * Check if devsel is within range and enable selected I2C interface with + * passed flags + */ + HardWire(uint8, uint8 = 0); + + /* + * Disables the I2C device and remove the device address. + */ + ~HardWire(); +}; + +#endif // _HARDWIRE_H_ diff --git a/libraries/Wire/Wire.cpp b/libraries/Wire/Wire.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d646132 --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/Wire/Wire.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,182 @@ +/****************************************************************************** + * The MIT License + * + * Copyright (c) 2010 LeafLabs LLC. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person + * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation + * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without + * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, + * modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies + * of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS + * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE + * SOFTWARE. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * @file Wire.cpp + * @author Trystan Jones <crenn6977@gmail.com> + * @brief Wire library, uses the WireBase to create the primary interface + * while keeping low level interactions invisible to the user. + */ + +/* + * Library updated by crenn to follow new Wire system. + * Code was derived from the original Wire for maple code by leaflabs and the + * modifications by gke and ala42. + */ + +#include <Wire/Wire.h> + +#define I2C_WRITE 0 +#define I2C_READ 1 + +/* low level conventions: + * - SDA/SCL idle high (expected high) + * - always start with i2c_delay rather than end + */ + +void TwoWire::set_scl(bool state) { + I2C_DELAY(this->i2c_delay); + digitalWrite(this->scl_pin,state); + //Allow for clock stretching - dangerous currently + if (state == HIGH) { + while(digitalRead(this->scl_pin) == 0); + } +} + +void TwoWire::set_sda(bool state) { + I2C_DELAY(this->i2c_delay); + digitalWrite(this->sda_pin, state); +} + +void TwoWire::i2c_start() { + set_sda(LOW); + set_scl(LOW); +} + +void TwoWire::i2c_stop() { + set_sda(LOW); + set_scl(HIGH); + set_sda(HIGH); +} + +bool TwoWire::i2c_get_ack() { + set_scl(LOW); + set_sda(HIGH); + set_scl(HIGH); + + bool ret = !digitalRead(this->sda_pin); + set_scl(LOW); + return ret; +} + +void TwoWire::i2c_send_ack() { + set_sda(LOW); + set_scl(HIGH); + set_scl(LOW); +} + +void TwoWire::i2c_send_nack() { + set_sda(HIGH); + set_scl(HIGH); + set_scl(LOW); +} + +uint8 TwoWire::i2c_shift_in() { + uint8 data = 0; + set_sda(HIGH); + + int i; + for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) { + set_scl(HIGH); + data |= digitalRead(this->sda_pin) << (7-i); + set_scl(LOW); + } + + return data; +} + +void TwoWire::i2c_shift_out(uint8 val) { + int i; + for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) { + set_sda(!!(val & (1 << (7 - i)) ) ); + set_scl(HIGH); + set_scl(LOW); + } +} + +uint8 TwoWire::process() { + itc_msg.xferred = 0; + + uint8 sla_addr = (itc_msg.addr << 1); + if (itc_msg.flags == I2C_MSG_READ) { + sla_addr |= I2C_READ; + } + i2c_start(); + // shift out the address we're transmitting to + i2c_shift_out(sla_addr); + if (!i2c_get_ack()) { + return ENACKADDR; + } + // Recieving + if (itc_msg.flags == I2C_MSG_READ) { + while (itc_msg.xferred < itc_msg.length) { + itc_msg.data[itc_msg.xferred++] = i2c_shift_in(); + if (itc_msg.xferred < itc_msg.length) { + i2c_send_ack(); + } else { + i2c_send_nack(); + } + } + } + // Sending + else { + for (uint8 i = 0; i < itc_msg.length; i++) { + i2c_shift_out(itc_msg.data[i]); + if (!i2c_get_ack()) { + return ENACKTRNS; + } + itc_msg.xferred++; + } + } + i2c_stop(); + return SUCCESS; +} + +// TODO: Add in Error Handling if pins is out of range for other Maples +// TODO: Make delays more capable +TwoWire::TwoWire(uint8 scl, uint8 sda, uint8 delay) : i2c_delay(delay) { + this->scl_pin=scl; + this->sda_pin=sda; +} + +void TwoWire::begin(uint8 self_addr) { + tx_buf_idx = 0; + tx_buf_overflow = false; + rx_buf_idx = 0; + rx_buf_len = 0; + pinMode(this->scl_pin, OUTPUT_OPEN_DRAIN); + pinMode(this->sda_pin, OUTPUT_OPEN_DRAIN); + set_scl(HIGH); + set_sda(HIGH); +} + +TwoWire::~TwoWire() { + this->scl_pin=0; + this->sda_pin=0; +} + +// Declare the instance that the users of the library can use +TwoWire Wire(SCL, SDA, SOFT_STANDARD); diff --git a/libraries/Wire/Wire.h b/libraries/Wire/Wire.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d455b11 --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/Wire/Wire.h @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +/****************************************************************************** + * The MIT License + * + * Copyright (c) 2010 LeafLabs LLC. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person + * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation + * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without + * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, + * modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies + * of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS + * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE + * SOFTWARE. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * @file Wire.h + * @author Trystan Jones <crenn6977@gmail.com> + * @brief Wire library, uses the WireBase to create the primary interface + * while keeping low level interactions invisible to the user. + */ + +/* + * Library updated by crenn to follow new Wire system. + * Code was derived from the original Wire for maple code by leaflabs and the + * modifications by gke and ala42. + */ + +#ifndef _WIRE_H_ +#define _WIRE_H_ + +#include <Wire/WireBase.h> +#include <wirish/wirish.h> + +/* + * On the Maple, let the default pins be in the same location as the Arduino + * pins + */ +#define SDA 19 +#define SCL 20 + +//#define I2C_DELAY(x) {uint32 time=micros(); while(time>(micros()+x));} +#define I2C_DELAY(x) do{for(int i=0;i<x;i++) {asm volatile("nop");}}while(0) +#define SOFT_STANDARD 25 +#define SOFT_FAST 7 + +class TwoWire : public WireBase { + private: + const uint8 i2c_delay; + uint8 scl_pin; + uint8 sda_pin; + + /* + * Sets the SCL line to HIGH/LOW and allow for clock stretching by slave + * devices + */ + void set_scl(bool); + + /* + * Sets the SDA line to HIGH/LOW + */ + void set_sda(bool); + + /* + * Creates a Start condition on the bus + */ + void i2c_start(); + + /* + * Creates a Stop condition on the bus + */ + void i2c_stop(); + + /* + * Gets an ACK condition from a slave device on the bus + */ + bool i2c_get_ack(); + + /* + * Creates a ACK condition on the bus + */ + void i2c_send_ack(); + + /* + * Creates a NACK condition on the bus + */ + void i2c_send_nack(); + + /* + * Shifts in the data through SDA and clocks SCL for the slave device + */ + uint8 i2c_shift_in(); + + /* + * Shifts out the data through SDA and clocks SCL for the slave device + */ + void i2c_shift_out(uint8); + protected: + /* + * Processes the incoming I2C message defined by WireBase + */ + uint8 process(); + public: + /* + * Accept pin numbers for SCL and SDA lines. Set the delay needed + * to create the timing for I2C's Standard Mode and Fast Mode. + */ + TwoWire(uint8 scl=SCL, uint8 sda=SDA, uint8 delay=SOFT_STANDARD); + + /* + * Sets pins SDA and SCL to OUPTUT_OPEN_DRAIN, joining I2C bus as + * master. This function overwrites the default behaviour of + * .begin(uint8) in WireBase + */ + void begin(uint8 = 0x00); + + /* + * If object is destroyed, set pin numbers to 0. + */ + ~TwoWire(); +}; + +extern TwoWire Wire; + +#endif // _WIRE_H_ diff --git a/libraries/Wire/WireBase.cpp b/libraries/Wire/WireBase.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3cb0174 --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/Wire/WireBase.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +/****************************************************************************** + * The MIT License + * + * Copyright (c) 2010 LeafLabs LLC. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person + * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation + * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without + * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, + * modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies + * of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS + * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE + * SOFTWARE. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * @file WireBase.cpp + * @author Trystan Jones <crenn6977@gmail.com> + * @brief Wire library, following the majority of the interface from Arduino. + * Provides a 'standard' interface to I2C (two-wire) communication for + * derived classes. + */ + +/* + * Library created by crenn to allow a system which would provide users the + * 'standardised' Arduino method for interfacing with I2C devices regardless of + * whether it is I2C hardware or emulating software. + */ + +#include <Wire/WireBase.h> +#include <wirish/wirish.h> + +void WireBase::begin(uint8 self_addr) { + tx_buf_idx = 0; + tx_buf_overflow = false; + rx_buf_idx = 0; + rx_buf_len = 0; +} + +void WireBase::beginTransmission(uint8 slave_address) { + itc_msg.addr = slave_address; + itc_msg.data = &tx_buf[tx_buf_idx]; + itc_msg.length = 0; + itc_msg.flags = 0; +} + +void WireBase::beginTransmission(int slave_address) { + beginTransmission((uint8)slave_address); +} + +uint8 WireBase::endTransmission(void) { + if (tx_buf_overflow) { + return EDATA; + } + process(); + tx_buf_idx = 0; + tx_buf_overflow = false; + return SUCCESS; +} + +//TODO: Add the ability to queue messages (adding a boolean to end of function +// call, allows for the Arduino style to stay while also giving the flexibility +// to bulk send +uint8 WireBase::requestFrom(uint8 address, int num_bytes) { + if (num_bytes > WIRE_BUFSIZ) { + num_bytes = WIRE_BUFSIZ; + } + itc_msg.addr = address; + itc_msg.flags = I2C_MSG_READ; + itc_msg.length = num_bytes; + itc_msg.data = &rx_buf[rx_buf_idx]; + process(); + rx_buf_len += itc_msg.xferred; + itc_msg.flags = 0; + return rx_buf_len; +} + +uint8 WireBase::requestFrom(int address, int numBytes) { + return WireBase::requestFrom((uint8)address, numBytes); +} + +void WireBase::send(uint8 value) { + if (tx_buf_idx == WIRE_BUFSIZ) { + tx_buf_overflow = true; + return; + } + tx_buf[tx_buf_idx++] = value; + itc_msg.length++; +} + +void WireBase::send(uint8* buf, int len) { + for (uint8 i = 0; i < len; i++) { + send(buf[i]); + } +} + +void WireBase::send(int value) { + send((uint8)value); +} + +void WireBase::send(int* buf, int len) { + send((uint8*)buf, (uint8)len); +} + +void WireBase::send(char* buf) { + uint8 *ptr = (uint8*)buf; + while (*ptr) { + send(*ptr); + ptr++; + } +} + +uint8 WireBase::available() { + return rx_buf_len - rx_buf_idx; +} + +uint8 WireBase::receive() { + if (rx_buf_idx == rx_buf_len) { + rx_buf_idx = 0; + rx_buf_len = 0; + return 0; + } else if (rx_buf_idx == (rx_buf_len-1)) { + uint8 temp = rx_buf[rx_buf_idx]; + rx_buf_idx = 0; + rx_buf_len = 0; + return temp; + } + return rx_buf[rx_buf_idx++]; +} diff --git a/libraries/Wire/WireBase.h b/libraries/Wire/WireBase.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e154476 --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/Wire/WireBase.h @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +/****************************************************************************** + * The MIT License + * + * Copyright (c) 2010 LeafLabs LLC. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person + * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation + * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without + * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, + * modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies + * of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS + * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE + * SOFTWARE. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * @file WireBase.h + * @author Trystan Jones <crenn6977@gmail.com> + * @brief Wire library, following the majority of the interface from Arduino. + * Provides a 'standard' interface to I2C (two-wire) communication for + * derived classes. + */ + +/* + * Library created by crenn to allow a system which would provide users the + * 'standardised' Arduino method for interfacing with I2C devices regardless of + * whether it is I2C hardware or emulating software. + */ + +#ifndef _WIREBASE_H_ +#define _WIREBASE_H_ + +#include <wirish/wirish.h> +#include <libmaple/i2c.h> + +#define WIRE_BUFSIZ 32 + +/* return codes from endTransmission() */ +#define SUCCESS 0 /* transmission was successful */ +#define EDATA 1 /* too much data */ +#define ENACKADDR 2 /* received nack on transmit of address */ +#define ENACKTRNS 3 /* received nack on transmit of data */ +#define EOTHER 4 /* other error */ + +class WireBase { // Abstraction is awesome! +protected: + i2c_msg itc_msg; + uint8 rx_buf[WIRE_BUFSIZ]; /* receive buffer */ + uint8 rx_buf_idx; /* first unread idx in rx_buf */ + uint8 rx_buf_len; /* number of bytes read */ + + uint8 tx_buf[WIRE_BUFSIZ]; /* transmit buffer */ + uint8 tx_buf_idx; // next idx available in tx_buf, -1 overflow + boolean tx_buf_overflow; + + // Force derived classes to define process function + virtual uint8 process() = 0; +public: + WireBase() {} + ~WireBase() {} + + /* + * Initialises the class interface + */ + // Allow derived classes to overwrite begin function + virtual void begin(uint8 = 0x00); + + /* + * Sets up the transmission message to be processed + */ + void beginTransmission(uint8); + + /* + * Allow only 8 bit addresses to be used + */ + void beginTransmission(int); + + /* + * Call the process function to process the message if the TX + * buffer has not overflowed. + */ + uint8 endTransmission(void); + + /* + * Request bytes from a slave device and process the request, + * storing into the receiving buffer. + */ + uint8 requestFrom(uint8, int); + + /* + * Allow only 8 bit addresses to be used when requesting bytes + */ + uint8 requestFrom(int, int); + + /* + * Stack up bytes to be sent when transmitting + */ + void send(uint8); + + /* + * Stack up bytes from the array to be sent when transmitting + */ + void send(uint8*, int); + + /* + * Ensure that a sending data will only be 8-bit bytes + */ + void send(int); + + /* + * Ensure that an array sending data will only be 8-bit bytes + */ + void send(int*, int); + + /* + * Stack up bytes from a string to be sent when transmitting + */ + void send(char*); + + /* + * Return the amount of bytes that is currently in the receiving buffer + */ + uint8 available(); + + /* + * Return the value of byte in the receiving buffer that is currently being + * pointed to + */ + uint8 receive(); +}; + +#endif // _WIREBASE_H_ diff --git a/libraries/Wire/rules.mk b/libraries/Wire/rules.mk new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e16f4db --- /dev/null +++ b/libraries/Wire/rules.mk @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +# Standard things +sp := $(sp).x +dirstack_$(sp) := $(d) +d := $(dir) +BUILDDIRS += $(BUILD_PATH)/$(d) + +# Local flags +CFLAGS_$(d) := $(WIRISH_INCLUDES) $(LIBMAPLE_INCLUDES) + +# Local rules and targets +cSRCS_$(d) := + +cppSRCS_$(d) := WireBase.cpp HardWire.cpp Wire.cpp + +cFILES_$(d) := $(cSRCS_$(d):%=$(d)/%) +cppFILES_$(d) := $(cppSRCS_$(d):%=$(d)/%) + +OBJS_$(d) := $(cFILES_$(d):%.c=$(BUILD_PATH)/%.o) \ + $(cppFILES_$(d):%.cpp=$(BUILD_PATH)/%.o) +DEPS_$(d) := $(OBJS_$(d):%.o=%.d) + +$(OBJS_$(d)): TGT_CFLAGS := $(CFLAGS_$(d)) + +TGT_BIN += $(OBJS_$(d)) + +# Standard things +-include $(DEPS_$(d)) +d := $(dirstack_$(sp)) +sp := $(basename $(sp))
\ No newline at end of file |